WO2024061290A1 - Leveling agent, electroplating composition, and use thereof - Google Patents
Leveling agent, electroplating composition, and use thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024061290A1 WO2024061290A1 PCT/CN2023/120181 CN2023120181W WO2024061290A1 WO 2024061290 A1 WO2024061290 A1 WO 2024061290A1 CN 2023120181 W CN2023120181 W CN 2023120181W WO 2024061290 A1 WO2024061290 A1 WO 2024061290A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- electroplating
- formula
- electroplated
- leveling agent
- tertiary amine
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000009713 electroplating Methods 0.000 title claims description 284
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims description 83
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 109
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 94
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 92
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 66
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 56
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims description 174
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 claims description 126
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 124
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 123
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 105
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 105
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 83
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 54
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 42
- -1 aliphatic diamine Chemical class 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 40
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 13
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000006068 polycondensation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000005809 transesterification reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 8
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910001316 Ag alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910001020 Au alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910000531 Co alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910000881 Cu alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000006845 Michael addition reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910000990 Ni alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910000929 Ru alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910001128 Sn alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003353 gold alloy Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- RILZRCJGXSFXNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]ethanol Chemical compound OCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 RILZRCJGXSFXNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000004100 electronic packaging Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- LNOPIUAQISRISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-hydroxy-2-propan-2-ylsulfonylethanimidamide Chemical compound CC(C)S(=O)(=O)CC(N)=NO LNOPIUAQISRISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 10
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 44
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 39
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 30
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 27
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 20
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 12
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 125000003161 (C1-C6) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000007517 polishing process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 230000005588 protonation Effects 0.000 description 10
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical compound [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229910001431 copper ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl acrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C=C BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 8
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 7
- KMBPCQSCMCEPMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-(3-aminopropyl)-n'-methylpropane-1,3-diamine Chemical compound NCCCN(C)CCCN KMBPCQSCMCEPMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005956 quaternization reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000001465 metallisation Methods 0.000 description 6
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 4
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- IWBOPFCKHIJFMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl) ether Chemical compound NCCOCCOCCN IWBOPFCKHIJFMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- ODZZIKZQNODXFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-dimethyl-n'-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CNCCN(C)CCNC ODZZIKZQNODXFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- KCXFHTAICRTXLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CCCS(O)(=O)=O KCXFHTAICRTXLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylamine Chemical compound CCCN WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000006832 (C1-C10) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HXKKHQJGJAFBHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-aminopropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(O)CN HXKKHQJGJAFBHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OBDVFOBWBHMJDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-sulfanylpropane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCS OBDVFOBWBHMJDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical group N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910000365 copper sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylamine Chemical compound NC1CCCCC1 PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000359 diblock copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ZOOODBUHSVUZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxymethanedithioic acid Chemical compound CCOC(S)=S ZOOODBUHSVUZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 2
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine betaine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000003760 magnetic stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- DILRJUIACXKSQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n',n'-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN DILRJUIACXKSQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COJUXMTZOSXAOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-[2-[3-aminopropyl(methyl)amino]ethyl]-n'-methylpropane-1,3-diamine Chemical compound NCCCN(C)CCN(C)CCCN COJUXMTZOSXAOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GJITZQJJXMCHBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-dimethyl-n'-[2-[methyl-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]amino]ethyl]ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CNCCN(C)CCN(C)CCNC GJITZQJJXMCHBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KVKFRMCSXWQSNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CNCCNC KVKFRMCSXWQSNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- XSUMSESCSPMNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1-sulfonate;pyridin-1-ium Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1.CCCS(O)(=O)=O XSUMSESCSPMNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N putrescine Chemical compound NCCCCN KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 2
- XFNJVJPLKCPIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCCN XFNJVJPLKCPIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009423 ventilation Methods 0.000 description 2
- WHOZNOZYMBRCBL-OUKQBFOZSA-N (2E)-2-Tetradecenal Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC\C=C\C=O WHOZNOZYMBRCBL-OUKQBFOZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Butene Chemical group CCC=C VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHQQHZQUAMFINJ-GKWSUJDHSA-N 1-[(3s,5s,8s,9s,10s,11s,13s,14s,17s)-3,11-dihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]-2-hydroxyethanone Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC[C@H]21 RHQQHZQUAMFINJ-GKWSUJDHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSTXCZGEEVFJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-cycloundecyl-1,5-diazacycloundec-5-ene Chemical compound C1CCCCCC(CCCC1)N1CCCCCC=NCCC1 VSTXCZGEEVFJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDHNFSNXWLWMIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-n,2-n-dimethylpropane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CNCC(C)NC RDHNFSNXWLWMIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXVUZYLYWKWJIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethanamine Chemical compound NCCOCCN GXVUZYLYWKWJIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GIAFURWZWWWBQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound NCCOCCO GIAFURWZWWWBQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(N-morpholiniumyl)ethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)CC[NH+]1CCOCC1 SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIQFAJBKEHPUAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanamine Chemical compound NCCOCCOCCOCCN NIQFAJBKEHPUAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPGIOCZAQDIBPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanamine Chemical compound CCOCCN BPGIOCZAQDIBPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMKKMGYBLFUGTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyloxirane;oxirane Chemical compound C1CO1.C1CO1.CC1CO1 DMKKMGYBLFUGTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUPZYGOIJITHQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyloxirane;oxirane Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1.CC1CO1 UUPZYGOIJITHQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRXNJTBODVGDRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethanamine Chemical compound NCCN1CCCC1 WRXNJTBODVGDRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRPRVQWGKLEFKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-aminopropoxy)propan-1-amine Chemical compound NCCCOCCCN KRPRVQWGKLEFKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FULCXPQDMXUVSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-sulfanylpropylsulfonyloxy)propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCCOS(=O)(=O)CCCS FULCXPQDMXUVSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRBSVISDQAINGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylcarbamothioylsulfanyl)propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CN(C)C(=S)SCCCS(O)(=O)=O WRBSVISDQAINGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPBWZBGZWHDNKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound NCCCN1CCCC1 VPBWZBGZWHDNKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000006577 C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUXOBHXGJLMRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl succinate Chemical compound COC(=O)CCC(=O)OC MUXOBHXGJLMRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XOGTZOOQQBDUSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Mesna Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCS XOGTZOOQQBDUSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IPCRBOOJBPETMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetylthiourea Chemical compound CC(=O)NC(N)=S IPCRBOOJBPETMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WUGQZFFCHPXWKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanolamine Chemical compound NCCCO WUGQZFFCHPXWKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver ion Chemical compound [Ag+] FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HTKFORQRBXIQHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N allylthiourea Chemical compound NC(=S)NCC=C HTKFORQRBXIQHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001748 allylthiourea Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XKMRRTOUMJRJIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia nh3 Chemical group N.N XKMRRTOUMJRJIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001429 cobalt ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORTQZVOHEJQUHG-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Cu]Cl ORTQZVOHEJQUHG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- XTVVROIMIGLXTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) nitrate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O XTVVROIMIGLXTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPQARKPSCNTWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Cu+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O OPQARKPSCNTWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- BSXVKCJAIJZTAV-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper;methanesulfonate Chemical compound [Cu+2].CS([O-])(=O)=O.CS([O-])(=O)=O BSXVKCJAIJZTAV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IUNMPGNGSSIWFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminopropylamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCCN IUNMPGNGSSIWFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000635 electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCS(O)(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005429 filling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940102253 isopropanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011031 large-scale manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- UDGSVBYJWHOHNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n',n'-diethylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCN UDGSVBYJWHOHNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPXZYPCARKJGQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-[2-[2-aminoethyl(methyl)amino]ethyl]-n'-methylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound NCCN(C)CCN(C)CCN DPXZYPCARKJGQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OATGBXQXGBCIES-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-[3-[3-aminopropyl(methyl)amino]propyl]-n'-methylpropane-1,3-diamine Chemical compound NCCCN(C)CCCN(C)CCCN OATGBXQXGBCIES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDINHZCKMDEJDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-bis(2-aminoethyl)-n,n'-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine Chemical compound NCCN(C)CCCN(C)CCN XDINHZCKMDEJDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001453 nickel ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004355 nitrogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- YNOGYQAEJGADFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolan-2-ylmethanamine Chemical compound NCC1CCCO1 YNOGYQAEJGADFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940044654 phenolsulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000223 polyglycerol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SOUPVZCONBCBGI-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;3-sulfanylpropane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCS SOUPVZCONBCBGI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- TYRGSDXYMNTMML-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound CCCOS(O)(=O)=O TYRGSDXYMNTMML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007670 refining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium ethoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC[O-] QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRTIVUOKBXDGPD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;3-sulfanylpropane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCS FRTIVUOKBXDGPD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VMSRVIHUFHQIAL-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;n,n-dimethylcarbamodithioate Chemical compound [Na+].CN(C)C([S-])=S VMSRVIHUFHQIAL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IIACRCGMVDHOTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfamate Chemical compound NS([O-])(=O)=O IIACRCGMVDHOTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum nitride Chemical compound [Ta]#N MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001302 tertiary amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001432 tin ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HPGGPRDJHPYFRM-UHFFFAOYSA-J tin(iv) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Sn](Cl)(Cl)Cl HPGGPRDJHPYFRM-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 229920000428 triblock copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G69/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G69/02—Polyamides derived from amino-carboxylic acids or from polyamines and polycarboxylic acids
- C08G69/26—Polyamides derived from amino-carboxylic acids or from polyamines and polycarboxylic acids derived from polyamines and polycarboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D17/00—Constructional parts, or assemblies thereof, of cells for electrolytic coating
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/12—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of nickel or cobalt
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/30—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of tin
- C25D3/32—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of tin characterised by the organic bath constituents used
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/38—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of copper
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/46—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of silver
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/48—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of gold
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/50—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of platinum group metals
- C25D3/52—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of platinum group metals characterised by the organic bath constituents used
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/56—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/56—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys
- C25D3/562—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys containing more than 50% by weight of iron or nickel or cobalt
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/56—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys
- C25D3/567—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys containing more than 50% by weight of platinum group metals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/56—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys
- C25D3/58—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys containing more than 50% by weight of copper
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/56—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys
- C25D3/60—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys containing more than 50% by weight of tin
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/56—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys
- C25D3/62—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys containing more than 50% by weight of gold
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D3/00—Electroplating: Baths therefor
- C25D3/02—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions
- C25D3/56—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys
- C25D3/64—Electroplating: Baths therefor from solutions of alloys containing more than 50% by weight of silver
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D7/00—Electroplating characterised by the article coated
Definitions
- the embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of metal electroplating, and in particular to a leveling agent, an electroplating composition and their applications.
- copper metal is widely used as a metal interconnect material in integrated circuits, printed circuit boards and other fields due to its good conductivity, ductility and other characteristics.
- metal copper filling of trenches, through holes and other holes of different sizes is completed through an electroplating process to build an interconnection structure.
- additives include leveling agents, which can not only help to fill holes and other defects, but also reduce the thickness difference of the copper layer in the interconnection pattern area and the non-interconnection pattern area, ensuring that the surface of the copper plating layer is smooth. properties to facilitate smooth subsequent chemical mechanical polishing (CMP).
- CMP chemical mechanical polishing
- embodiments of the present application provide a leveling agent.
- the electroplating composition using the leveling agent is used for filling interconnect structures in electronic substrates, and can realize defect-free metal filling of small-sized holes and grooves, ensuring that The surface flatness of the metal coating obtained on the interconnection areas with different distribution densities is high, which reduces the difficulty of chemical mechanical polishing and improves the reliability of the coating.
- the first aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a leveling agent for metal plating.
- the leveling agent includes a polyamide substance, and the polyamide substance includes a repeating unit represented by formula (I). , or the protonated or N-quaternized product of the repeating unit represented by formula (I):
- R is selected from a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and A 1 and A 2 independently contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I).
- the above-mentioned leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application is a polyamide substance containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms in the main chain or a polyamide derivative obtained by protonation and N-quaternization.
- the leveling agent is added to the electroplating composition.
- the thickness difference of the electroplated metal layer in the area reduces the platform fluctuation on the surface of the coating, thereby obtaining a better planarization effect and facilitating the subsequent CMP process.
- both A 1 and A 2 in the main chain of the leveling agent's repeating unit contain tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, which is beneficial to the leveling agent's balanced high and stable adsorption capacity and ensuring higher structural stability, so that the resulting coating contains The impurity content is low and the coating reliability is high.
- a 1 and A 2 independently contain 1-5 tertiary amine structures as shown in formula (i):
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from a direct single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom connecting group;
- R 3 is selected from an alkyl group, an aralkyl group. group, hydroxyalkyl group, or an alkyl group or hydroxyalkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom and/or a tertiary amine nitrogen atom;
- the position marked * represents the connection position to the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I).
- A2 is represented by -R1 - NR3 - R2- or -R11 - NR31 - R21 - NR32 -R12 , wherein R1 , R2 , R11 , R12 are independently selected from alkylene groups, R21 is selected from alkylene groups or alkylene groups containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms; R31 , R32 , R3 are independently selected from alkyl groups, hydroxyalkyl groups, or alkyl groups or hydroxyalkyl groups containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms. In some embodiments, R1 , R2 , R11 , R12 , R21 are independently selected from linear C1 - C6 alkylene groups.
- the A 1 represents -NR 3 - or -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-, wherein R 3 and R 3 ' are independently selected from alkyl, aralkyl, hydroxyl Alkyl, or alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms; R' is selected from alkylene or alkylene containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms.
- the alkylene group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom is expressed as -[D 1 -NR 3 ′′] c -D 2 -, where D 1 , D 2 , R 3 ” is independently selected from alkylene, c is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is greater than 1, each D 1 or each R 3 ” is the same or different.
- the polyamide material includes 2-200 repeating units represented by the formula (I) or its protonated or N-quaternized products.
- the polyamide material also includes repeating units represented by formula (II), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (II):
- a 3 does not contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom, and the A 3 includes a direct bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom.
- the alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom is represented by -(R 4 -O) x -R 5 -, where R 4 and R 5 are the same or different Alkylene group, x is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and when x is greater than 1, each R 4 is the same or different alkylene group.
- the polyamide material includes no more than 200 repeating units represented by the formula (II) or its protonated or N-quaternized products.
- the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for preparing a leveling agent, including:
- the leveling agent includes polyamide substances, and the polyamide substances include repeating units represented by formula (I), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (I),
- a 1 contains a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the dicarboxylate material represented by formula (A), and M is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group; in formula (B), A 2 Containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms located on the main chain of the aliphatic diamine represented by formula (B), A1 and A2 in formula (I) independently contain located on the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I) The tertiary amine nitrogen atom, R in formula (B) and formula (I) is selected from hydrogen atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups.
- the amine substance in step (1), can be represented by R 3 -NH 2 , or R 3 '-NH-R'-NH-R 3 '.
- the dicarboxylate material containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom as shown in formula (A) can be obtained through the reaction of step (1).
- the amine substance used is R 3 -NH 2
- a 1 in the corresponding formula (A) is -NR 3 -
- the amine substance used when the amine substance used is R 3 '-NH-R'-NH-R 3 '
- a 1 in the corresponding formula (A) is -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-.
- the preparation method of the leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application has a simple process and is suitable for large-scale production.
- the third aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides an electroplating composition.
- the electroplating composition includes a metal ion source and an electroplating additive.
- the electroplating additive includes the leveling agent described in the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application or the implementation of the present application.
- the leveling agent prepared by the preparation method described in the second aspect.
- the concentration of the leveling agent in the electroplating composition is 1 ppm-200 ppm. Controlling the concentration of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the electroplating composition within a suitable range is conducive to obtaining a moderate metal deposition speed and better achieving defect-free and high flatness of small-sized holes. Board filling, thus facilitating the production of fine circuits and improving the reliability of electronic products.
- the electroplating composition further includes one or more of an accelerator and an inhibitor.
- an accelerator and an inhibitor The synergistic cooperation of leveling agents, accelerators, inhibitors, etc. can effectively reduce the surface roughness of the copper layer. It can also achieve uniform surface copper thickness in areas with different wiring densities, and can better realize defect-free small-sized trenches. High flatness of the entire plate filling reduces the technical difficulty of subsequent polishing processes.
- the electroplating additive also includes other leveling agents.
- the electroplating composition further includes an acidic electrolyte and a halide ion source.
- the halide ion source includes a chloride ion source;
- the acidic electrolyte includes sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, perchloric acid, acetic acid, fluoroboric acid, alkyl sulfonic acid, arylsulfonic acid, sulfamate One or more acids.
- the acidic electrolyte can make the electroplating composition acidic, which facilitates the protonation of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the electroplating composition, so as to have better adsorption capacity for the substrate to be electroplated;
- the halide ion source especially the chloride ion source, can make the crystallization of the coating denser, It can play a synergistic effect on the performance of inhibitors.
- the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides the leveling agent as described in the first aspect or the leveling agent prepared by the preparation method as described in the second aspect, or the composition as described in the third aspect in electroplated metal. application.
- the electroplated metal includes electroplated copper and copper alloy, electroplated nickel and nickel alloy, electroplated tin and tin alloy, electroplated cobalt and cobalt alloy, electroplated ruthenium and ruthenium alloy, electroplated silver and silver alloy, electroplated gold and Any of the gold alloys.
- the electroplated metal includes electroplated metal in the printed circuit board preparation process, electroplated metal in the integrated circuit metal interconnection process, and electroplated metal in the electronic packaging process.
- the electroplated metal can be electroplated metal in processes including hole filling (such as Damascus trench filling, through silicon hole filling, other via hole filling, etc.), metal bump deposition, substrate rewiring and other processes.
- the electroplated metal includes full metal electroplating filling of hole slots on the electronic substrate.
- the electronic substrate can be an ordinary substrate, a printed circuit board, a chip, a packaging substrate, etc.
- the hole slot includes a trench and/or a via hole, and the via hole can include a through hole, a blind hole, and a buried hole.
- the leveling agent provided by the embodiments of the present application can achieve defect-free filling of nano-scale small-sized holes and can reduce high-density interconnection pattern areas and low-density interconnection patterns.
- the thickness difference of the regional copper interconnection layer makes the plating surface flatter and more uniform, reducing the difficulty of the subsequent CMP process.
- the fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides an electroplating device, including:
- An electroplating tank the electroplating tank is filled with the electroplating composition described in the third aspect of the embodiment of the present application;
- the cathode comprising a substrate to be electroplated at least partially immersed in the electroplating composition
- An electroplating power supply the negative electrode of the electroplating power supply is electrically connected to the cathode, and the positive electrode of the electroplating power supply is electrically connected to the anode, so as to apply current to the substrate to be electroplated when the electroplating power supply is turned on.
- the sixth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a method of electroplating metal, including the following steps:
- the method of electroplating metal can be performed using the electroplating device provided in the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present application.
- the substrate to be electroplated is provided with a hole groove, and the hole groove includes one or more of a trench, a through hole, and a blind hole.
- the lateral size of the hole groove is 10 nm-500 nm, and/or the aspect ratio of the hole groove is greater than or equal to 3.
- the electroplating includes the first step of electroplating, the second step of electroplating and the third step of electroplating, wherein the current density of the first step of electroplating is 0.3ASD-0.8ASD, and the electroplating time is 3s-20s;
- the current density of the second step of electroplating is 0.5ASD-1.5ASD, and the electroplating time is 30s-50s;
- the current density of the third step of electroplating is 1ASD-10ASD, and the electroplating time is 30s-50s.
- Step-by-step plating allows for better defect-free filling and a suitable surface metal layer thickness.
- the metal layer includes an in-hole filling layer that fills the hole grooves and a surface deposition layer deposited around the hole grooves.
- the substrate to be electroplated is provided with a high-density slot area and a low-density slot area with different slot densities, the average thickness of the surface deposition layer on the high-density slot area is different from that of the low-density slot area.
- the ratio of the average thickness of the surface deposit may be less than or equal to 1.2.
- the seventh aspect of the present application provides an electronic substrate, including a base layer and a metal layer disposed on the base layer.
- the metal layer is formed by electroplating the composition described in the third aspect of the embodiment of the present application, or using the fifth aspect. The method described in this aspect is formed.
- the metal layer includes copper or copper alloy layer, nickel or nickel alloy layer, tin or tin alloy layer, cobalt or cobalt alloy layer, ruthenium or ruthenium alloy layer, silver or silver alloy layer, electroplated gold and Any of the gold alloys.
- the base layer includes a substrate and a dielectric layer, the dielectric layer is provided with holes, and the metal layer includes an in-hole filling layer that fills the holes.
- An embodiment of the present application further provides an electronic device, which includes the electronic substrate described in the sixth aspect of the embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the formation process of copper interconnection layers in semiconductor processes.
- Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a substrate with multiple copper interconnect layers.
- Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of void defects formed by filling holes in conventional electroplating copper.
- Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of pore defects formed by filling holes in conventional electroplating copper.
- Figure 3c is a schematic diagram of existing electroplated copper filling holes to form an uneven copper layer.
- Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an electroplating device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figures 6a and 6b are cross-sectional electron microscopy photos of the electroplated chip sample in Comparative Example 1 at different magnifications.
- Figure 6c is an atomic force microscope photo of the surface of the light sheet after electroplating in Comparative Example 1.
- Figures 7a and 7b are cross-sectional electron micrographs at different magnifications of the electroplated chip sample in Example 1 of the present application.
- Figure 7c is an atomic force microscope photo of the surface of the light sheet after electroplating 1.
- Figures 8a and 8b are cross-sectional electron microscopy photos at different magnifications of the electroplated chip sample in Example 2 of the present application.
- Figures 9a and 9b are cross-sectional electron microscopy photos at different magnifications of the electroplated chip sample in Example 3 of the present application.
- Figure 10 is a cross-sectional electron microscope photo of the chip sample after electroplating in Comparative Example 2.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the formation process of a copper interconnect layer in a semiconductor process.
- 10 a is a patterned substrate.
- the patterned substrate 10 a includes a base 10 and a patterned dielectric layer 201 .
- the patterned dielectric layer 201 is provided with a plurality of trenches 2 .
- the plurality of trenches 2 of the dielectric layer 201 are filled with copper to form a copper layer 202, and the electroplated substrate 10b is obtained.
- the copper layer 202 includes a filling layer in the holes filled in the trenches 2 and a surface deposition layer covering the surface of the dielectric layer 201 .
- the dielectric layer 201 and the copper layer 202 together form a copper interconnection layer 20' that has not been processed by CMP.
- the electroplated substrate 10b is processed by CMP to remove the surface deposited layer of the copper layer 202, specifically, the copper interconnection layer 20' is transformed into the CMP-processed copper interconnection layer 20, thereby obtaining the CMP-processed substrate 10c.
- the CMP-treated substrate 10c can also be further prepared for copper interconnection layers, for example, a copper interconnection layer 30 is formed on the copper interconnection layer 20 to obtain a substrate 10d with multiple copper interconnection layers.
- the ideal situation of the copper interconnection layer 20 should be as shown in the electroplated substrate 10b in Figure 1, with the holes in trench 2 filled
- the layer has no holes, gaps and other defects; in order to facilitate the CMP process, after electroplating and depositing copper, the surface deposition layer of the copper layer 202 formed should be as shown in 10b of Figure 1, the high-density interconnection pattern area and the low-density interconnection pattern area.
- the thickness difference of the copper interconnection layers is small, and the surface of the entire copper layer 202 is relatively flat.
- the "high-density interconnection pattern area” refers to the area where the density of interconnection patterns (such as holes and slots) of the interconnection layer (including the number of holes and slots or the area ratio of all holes and slots) is relatively high
- the "low-density interconnection pattern area” It refers to the area where the density of interconnection patterns (such as holes and slots) in the interconnection layer is relatively low.
- the current plating solution formula cannot ensure the formation of a copper interconnect layer with high surface flatness and no defects. It is prone to defects such as holes and gaps as shown in Figure 3a and Figure 3b below, or as shown in Figure 3a and 3b.
- the problem shown in 3c is that the thickness of the copper interconnection layer is significantly different between the high-density interconnection pattern area and the low-density interconnection pattern area.
- the problem shown in Figure 3c can be suppressed to a certain extent by leveling agents. Leveling agents can assist in inhibiting copper deposition. While achieving hole-free filling, the surface of the plating layer tends to be flat and uniform, and the areas with different density areas of interconnect patterns can be reduced.
- Embodiments of the present application provide a leveling agent for electroplating solutions, which can facilitate high-flatness, defect-free filling of small-sized holes (including trenches and via holes).
- the leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application can be added as an additive to the basic electroplating solution to form an electroplating composition for metal electroplating.
- the leveling agent includes polyamide substances, and the polyamide substances include repeating units represented by formula (I), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (I):
- R is selected from a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and A 1 and A 2 independently contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the repeating unit shown in formula (I).
- the above-mentioned leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application can specifically be a polyamide material containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms in the main chain of the repeating unit or a polyamide derivative obtained by partial or complete protonation or N-quaternization of the repeating unit.
- the leveling agent When the leveling agent is added to the electroplating composition and used for electroplating metal filling of holes in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as integrated circuit manufacturing, it can use the positive charge generated by the protonation of its tertiary amine nitrogen atoms in the acidic electroplating composition.
- the leveling agent has a high electrochemical adsorption capacity for the electroplating cathode and the substrate to be electroplated, inhibits excessive deposition of metal to a certain extent, and can ensure defect-free filling of metal in smaller holes. Under such circumstances, it is easier to preferentially adsorb on the raised positions on the plating surface and better suppress the deposition of electroplated metal, which slows down the plating rate at the raised positions, reduces the thickness difference of the electroplated metal layer in wiring areas with different densities, and effectively reduces the plating layer
- the platform on the surface is undulating, thereby achieving better planarization effect, which is beneficial to the subsequent CMP process and ensures the electrical connection reliability of the coating after CMP treatment.
- A1 and A2 on the main chain of the repeating unit of the polyamide substance both contain tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, which is more conducive to ensuring that the leveling agent is in the electroplating composition.
- the charge distribution is more uniform, which facilitates the balance of high and stable electrochemical adsorption capacity, and the leveling agent has high structural stability, which can reduce the impurity content in the resulting coating and improve the reliability of the coating.
- the polyamide material when the above-mentioned polyamide material includes the protonated or N-quaternized product of the repeating unit represented by formula (I), it specifically refers to the complete or partial protonated or N-quaternized product of the repeating unit represented by formula (I).
- the product obtained by quaternization, the polyamide material at this time is also a polyamide derivative.
- the derivative specifically refers to the tertiary amine nitrogen atoms (i.e., the tertiary amine nitrogen atoms of A 1 and A 2 ) in the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I), and is not limited to the tertiary amine nitrogen atoms located in the amide represented by formula (I).
- the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group may be a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl group, that is, the number of carbon atoms of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group may be 1-20, for example, specifically 1, 2 , 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 17, 18 or 19, etc. In some embodiments, the number of carbon atoms of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group may be 1-10 , further it can be 1-6.
- the substituents in the substituted alkyl group include one or more of aryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, etc., and generally do not include substituents containing nitrogen atoms.
- R can be hydrogen (H), methyl (-CH 3 ), ethyl (-CH 2 CH 3 ), benzyl (-CH 2 Ph, where Ph represents a benzene ring) or hydroxyethyl group (-CH 2 CH 2 OH), etc.
- a 1 and A 2 may independently contain 1-5 tertiary amine structures as shown in formula (i):
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from a direct single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom (-O-) and a connecting group with a nitrogen atom;
- R 3 is selected from Alkyl, aralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms; the position marked * represents the connection to the main chain of the repeating unit represented by formula (I) Location.
- formula (i) when R 1 and R 2 are directly connected single bonds, formula (i) is specifically -NR 3 -.
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom and a linking group with a nitrogen atom
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group may be 1-20, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20.
- R 1 and R 2 can be Straight chain or branched chain.
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from a C 1 -C 10 alkylene group, or a C 1 -C 10 alkylene group containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom-bearing connecting group; In other embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkylene, or C 1 -C 6 alkylene containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom connecting group. . Wherein, the alkylene group may contain at least one ether oxygen atom, or at least one connecting group with nitrogen atom, or at least one ether oxygen atom and at least one connecting group with nitrogen atom.
- the linking group with nitrogen atom can specifically be -NR"-, R" is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, wherein, when R" is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, the linking group is specifically A linking group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom.
- R” is a hydrogen atom
- the linking group is a linking group containing a secondary amine nitrogen atom (-NH-).
- the alkylene group, the alkylene group containing at least one of the ether oxygen atom and the nitrogen atom connecting group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the substituent on it can be an alkoxy group, One or more of hydroxyl group, tertiary amino group, etc.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group may be 1-20, for example, specifically 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20. In some embodiments, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group may be 1-10, and further may be 1-6.
- the alkyl group can be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, so that the above-mentioned leveling agent has good solubility in the electroplating solution.
- Exemplary alkyl groups may be linear -CH 2 CH 3 , branched -CH(CH 3 )(CH 3 ), or cyclic cyclohexyl.
- the number of carbon atoms of the hydroxyalkyl group may be 1-20, 1-10 or 1-6, etc., and may be linear or branched.
- Exemplary hydroxyalkyl groups may be -CH2CH2OH , -CH2CH (OH) -CH3 , etc.
- An alkyl group or hydroxyalkyl group with a smaller number of carbon atoms can help improve the solubility of the above-mentioned leveler in aqueous solutions.
- Aralkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted by a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, where the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group can be 6-30, such as 6-15, or even 6-10, and the carbon atoms of the substituted alkyl group , as mentioned above, it can be 1-20, for example, 1-10, etc.
- An exemplary aralkyl group may be benzyl ( -CH2 -Ph).
- the alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms may specifically contain one or more ether oxygen atoms, or one or more tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, or one or Multiple ether oxygen atoms and one or more tertiary amine nitrogen atoms.
- Ether oxygen atoms and tertiary amine nitrogen atoms can exist in chain form or cyclic form in the alkyl group. Specifically, they can be embedded in the molecular chain of the alkyl group as a connecting group, or they can be substituted by forming a heterocyclic substituent. alkyl.
- an alkyl group containing one tertiary amine nitrogen atom can be chain -CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 3 )(CH 3 ), or Alkyl groups containing one ether oxygen atom can be chain-CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 3 or
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom and the hydroxyalkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom may be 1-20, 1-10, 1-6, etc.
- the above-mentioned A 2 can be expressed as -R 1 -NR 3 -R 2 -or -R 1 1 -NR 3 1 -R 2 1 -NR 3 2 -R 1 2 , where, R 1 , R 2 , R 1 1 , and R 1 2 are independently selected from alkylene groups, such as linear or branched C 1 -C 6 alkylene groups; R 2 1 can be selected from alkylene groups or tertiary amine nitrogen-containing groups.
- Atom alkylene such as linear or branched C 1 -C 6 alkylene or chain C 1 -C 6 alkylene containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, in some embodiments, R 2 1 It is a linear C 1 -C 6 alkylene group, preferably a linear C 2 -C 6 alkylene group.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 1 1 , and R 1 2 are alkylene groups with appropriate carbon chains, amines with A 2 are easier to obtain and are easier to adsorb on the substrate to be electroplated;
- the alkyl group within an appropriately long range is beneficial to -NR 3 1 - and -NR 3 2 - maintaining structural stability, and the flatness of the electroplated metal layer in relatively higher-density wiring areas will be improved.
- R 3 1 and R 3 2 can refer to the previous description of R 3 .
- a 2 contains a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the repeating unit, which can help the above-mentioned leveler have higher electrochemical adsorption capacity and help balance its
- the charge distribution in the acidic plating solution can better inhibit excessive metal deposition, reduce the thickness difference of the electroplated metal layer in wiring areas with different densities, and achieve better planarization effect.
- a 2 can be represented as -(CH 2 ) a -NR 3 -(CH 2 ) a - or -(CH 2 ) a -NR 3 1 -(CH 2 ) b -NR 3 2 -( CH 2 ) a -, wherein a and b are independently an integer greater than or equal to 1, such as an integer from 1 to 6; R 3 , R 3 1 , R 3 2 are independently selected from alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, Or an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, and C 1 -C 6 alkylene or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl groups are more common.
- a is 1 or 2
- b is 2 or 3.
- a 2 can specifically be -CH 2 -N(CH 3 )-CH 2 -, -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -, -CH 2 -N (CH 2 CH 3 )-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -N(CH 2 CH 2 OH)-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 ⁇ 3 -N(CH 3 )-CH 2 -, -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 ⁇ 3 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -.
- 2 to 3 represent 2 or 3.
- the above-mentioned A 1 can be expressed as -NR 3 - or -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-, wherein R' is selected from an alkylene group or an alkylene group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom. group; the two R 3 's in -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '- can be the same group to make the above polyamide materials easier to obtain.
- the selection range of R 3 ' can be found in the previous discussion of R 3 description of.
- R 3 and R 3 ' are independently selected from alkyl, aralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms.
- R 3 is selected from an alkyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom, an alkyl group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom, or a hydroxyalkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom, etc.
- R 3 ' is selected from an alkyl group. base or aralkyl group.
- a 1 is -NR 3 -, that is, A 1 contains a tertiary amine structure represented by formula (i) that can be connected to the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I).
- R 3 may also contain at least one tertiary amine nitrogen atom, but such tertiary amine nitrogen atom is not located on the main chain of the amide repeating unit shown in formula (I).
- R 3 can be methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl (-CH(CH 3 )CH 3 )), cycloalkyl, hydroxyethyl (-CH 2 CH 2 OH), hydroxy-n-propyl Propyl (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH), -CH 2 -CH(OH)CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 3 , -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 ) 2 ,
- R 3 here is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, a linear or branched hydroxyalkyl group, a linear or branched chain containing an ether oxygen atom al
- R' is an alkylene group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in between, which can be represented as -[D 1 -NR 3 ′′] c -D 2 -, wherein D 1 , D 2 , R 3 ′′ are independently selected from alkylene, such as C 1 -C 6 alkylene; c is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and c is greater than When 1, each D 1 or each R 3 ′′ is the same or different.
- a 1 in this case can be -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-, -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-or-N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 )-.
- a 1 which can be expressed as -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-, when R' is an alkylene group, it can specifically be a C 1 -C 6 alkylene group, such as a C 2 -C 4 alkylene group. alkyl.
- a 1 in this case can be specifically -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 ⁇ 3 -N(CH 3 )-, -N(CH 2 CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 ⁇ 3 -N (CH 2 CH 3 )-, -N(CH 2 Ph)-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 2 Ph)-, etc.
- the above-mentioned polyamide substances may include 2-200 amide repeating units as shown in the above formula (I) or their complete or partial protonation or N-quaternization products. In some embodiments may include 2 to 50 amide repeating units as shown in the above formula (I) or their complete or partial protonation or N-quaternization products. Among them, controlling the number of repeating units represented by formula (I) or their protonated or N-quaternized products within an appropriate range helps the polyamide material to achieve both good solubility and leveling effect in the electroplating solution. It can be understood that, in the case of polyamide, it may include one repeating unit as shown in formula (I), or may include repeating units with multiple different structures as shown in formula (I).
- the amide repeating unit represented by the above formula (I) can correspond to an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure (as shown in formula (A)) and an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure.
- the amide repeating unit of the dicarboxylic acid ester of the atom shown in formula (B)).
- the polyamide material also includes amide repeating units represented by formula (II), or all or part of the protonated or N-quaternized products of the amide repeating units represented by formula (II) :
- a 3 is different from the aforementioned A 2 in that A 3 does not contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom, and A 3 may include a direct bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom.
- the amide repeating unit represented by formula (II) can correspond to another diamine (shown in the following formula (C)) that does not contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure and a dicarboxylic acid containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure.
- Amide repeating units of esters shown in formula (B)).
- the preparation equation of the above polyamide material can be expressed as:
- a 3 is an alkylene group
- its carbon number may be 1-20, 1-10 or 1-6, etc., for example, specifically 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, etc.
- a 3 is an alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom, specifically, it may be an alkylene group containing one or more ether oxygen atoms.
- the alkylene group containing ether oxygen atoms can be expressed as -(R 4 -O) x -R 5 -, R 4 and R 5 are the same or different alkylene groups, x is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and When x is greater than 1, each R 4 is the same or different alkylene group.
- Each R 4 or R 5 can specifically be an alkylene group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as an alkylene group with 1 to 60 carbon atoms, such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, isoethylene.
- x is an integer from 1 to 10, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10.
- the above-mentioned polyamide substances may include no more than 200 amide repeating units represented by formula (II) or their protonated or N-quaternized products. In some embodiments, they may include no more than 50 amide repeating units represented by formula (II) or their protonated or N-quaternized products.
- the number of repeating units shown in the formula (II) is controlled not to be too large, so as to prevent the polyamide material from having a good solubility in the electroplating solution from being too low.
- the number of moles of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (II) is 1/5-5 of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I).
- the embodiments of the present application also provide a method for preparing a leveling agent, including:
- the polyamide materials include repeating units represented by formula (I), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (I),
- a 1 contains a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the dicarboxylate material represented by formula (A), and M is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group; in formula (B), A 2 Containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms located on the main chain of the aliphatic diamine represented by formula (B), A1 and A2 in formula (I) independently contain located on the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I) The tertiary amine nitrogen atom, R in formula (B) and formula (I) is selected from hydrogen atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups.
- a 1 in formula (A) is the same as A 1 in formula (I)
- a 2 and R in formula (B) are the same as A 2 and R in formula (I), where These groups will not be described again.
- the above-mentioned M may be selected from substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl groups, or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups.
- M may be methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, etc.
- M when M is methyl, the acrylate is specifically methyl acrylate; when M is ethyl, the acrylate is specifically ethyl acrylate.
- an amine substance containing a -NH 2 or -NH structure is reacted with an acrylic ester to synthesize a dicarboxylate substance with a tertiary amine structure, and then The dicarboxylate material and the diamine material with different structures are subjected to transesterification and polycondensation reaction to prepare a polyamide material in which the repeating units A1 and A2 both have tertiary amine structures.
- the structure, position and quantity of the tertiary amine in the resulting polyamide material can be designed more flexibly, thereby better controlling the leveling agent according to different application scenarios. adsorption capacity of molecules.
- the preparation method of the leveling agent is simple in process and easy to operate, and can obtain polyamide substances with higher purity and high yield.
- the molecular structure of the amine substance contains at least one primary amino group (-NH 2 ) or at least two imino groups (-NH-, Containing secondary ammonia nitrogen atoms) is to facilitate at least two Michael additions with acrylates containing unsaturated double bonds to obtain dicarboxylate materials containing at least one tertiary amine nitrogen atom on the main chain of the molecular structure.
- a tertiary amine nitrogen atom will be introduced into the main chain of the dicarboxylate substance obtained by formula (A).
- the temperature of the Michael addition reaction can be -20°C to 50°C, such as 0°C, 5°C, 10°C, 20°C, 30°C, 35°C or 40°C, etc.; the reaction time can be It is 1-24 hours.
- the reaction in step (1) can be carried out under solvent-free conditions or in the presence of a solvent.
- Exemplary solvents can be low-boiling point solvents such as diethyl ether, methanol, and tetrahydrofuran.
- the amine substance in step (1) can be selected from one or more of the following substances, but is not limited thereto: methylamine (CH 3 NH 2 ), ethylamine (CH 3 -CH 2 -NH 2 ), propylamine (CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 ), isopropylamine (CH 3 -CH(NH 2 )-CH 3 ), ethanolamine (OH-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 ), 2-hydroxypropylamine (also known as "isopropanolamine", CH 3 -CH(OH)-CH 2 -NH 2 ), 3-hydroxypropylamine (OH-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), diglycolamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -OH), 2-ethoxyethylamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 - CH 3 ), cyclohexylamine, 2-t
- step (2) the dicarboxylate material containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (A) and the aliphatic aliphatic ester material containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (B)
- the diamine undergoes transesterification and polycondensation reaction to form polyamide.
- the reaction temperature of the transesterification polycondensation reaction can be 30 to 120°C, and the reaction can be carried out without a catalyst or in the presence of an alkaline catalyst.
- Alkaline catalysts may include, but are not limited to, triethylamine, 1,8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc. one or more of them.
- the progress of the reaction can be improved by reducing pressure or passing nitrogen gas.
- a 2 in formula (B) contains a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the molecular structure of formula (B).
- the aliphatic diamine conforming to the structure of formula (B) can be exemplified as follows: N,N-bis(3-aminoethyl)methylamine (NH 2 -CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 3 )-CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), N,N-bis(3-aminoethyl)ethylamine (NH 2 -CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 2 CH 3 )-CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), N,N-bis (3-Aminopropyl)methylamine (NH 2 -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 3 )-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), N,N-bis(3-aminoethyl)ethanolamine (NH 2 -CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 2 CH 2 OH)-CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), N,N'-bis(aminoethyl)-N,N'-dimethyl-1, 2-Ethy
- step (2) during the transesterification polycondensation reaction, the reaction raw materials used may not be limited to the aliphatic diamine containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms represented by formula (B), and may also include other diamines. amine.
- a diamine substance including an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (B) and a dicarboxylic acid containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (A) are combined. Acid ester substances undergo transesterification and polycondensation reactions.
- the diamine substance can be only an aliphatic diamine represented by formula (B), or include an aliphatic diamine represented by formula (B) and other diamines (for example, aliphatic diamine represented by formula (C) without tertiary amine nitrogen. atoms of diamine).
- the ratio of the total molar amount of the diamine substance to the molar amount of the dicarboxylic acid ester substance represented by formula (A) may be (0.9-1.1):1.
- other diamines conforming to the structure of formula (C) may include one or more of the following substances: ethylenediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 2 -NH 2 ), 1,3- Propylenediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 -NH 2 ), 1,4-butanediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 4 -NH 2 ), aminopropyl ether (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -NH 2 ), 3-oxa-1,5-pentanediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 2 -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH 2 ), 1, 8-Diamino-3,6-dioxaoctane (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 2 O-(CH 2 ) 2 O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH 2 ), 1,11-diamino-3 ,6,9-Trioxaundecane (NH
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a composition, which is an electroplating composition.
- the electroplating composition includes a metal ion source and an electroplating additive, wherein the electroplating additive includes the above-mentioned leveling agent of the embodiment of the application or adopts the method of the present application.
- the electroplating composition can be used as a plating solution for electroplating the deposited metal layer.
- the concentration of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the embodiment of the present application is 1-200 ppm. In some embodiments, the concentration of the above-mentioned leveling agent is 1-50 ppm. Controlling the concentration of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the electroplating composition within a suitable range is conducive to obtaining a moderate metal deposition speed and better achieving defect-free and high-flatness filling of the entire board in small-sized holes, thereby conducive to the production of fine circuits. It is helpful to improve the reliability of electronic products.
- the electroplating additive may also include other leveling agents.
- Other leveling agents are different from the leveling agents described above in the embodiments of this application.
- the other leveling agents may be substances containing nitrogen heterocycles (such as pyridine ring, imidazole ring, quinoline ring), or polymers that do not contain nitrogen functional groups (such as epoxy rings and/or ether oxygen bonds).
- Other leveling agents can work with the above-mentioned leveling agents in the embodiments of the present application to inhibit excessive deposition of electroplated metal, ensuring that smaller-sized graphics will not be filled in early, and reducing the platform undulations on the surface of the plating layer.
- the electroplating additive further includes one or more of an accelerator and an inhibitor.
- an accelerator and an inhibitor The synergistic cooperation of the above-mentioned leveling agents, accelerators, inhibitors, etc. can make the surface of the electroplated metal layer tend to be flat while achieving defect-free filling of smaller-sized holes, and can also be used in areas with different wiring densities. Achieve uniform thickness of surface coating, thereby reducing the technical difficulty of subsequent polishing processes.
- the plating additive includes both an accelerator and an inhibitor.
- an accelerator refers to an additive that can increase the plating rate of the electroplating composition.
- the molecular weight of the accelerator is generally small and can be adsorbed on the metal surface and the bottom of the trench.
- the accelerator speeds up the deposition rate on the surface and the bottom of the trench by reducing the electrochemical potential and cathodic polarization of the electroplating reaction, which is especially beneficial to accelerating the bottom of the trench.
- metal deposition thereby achieving overfilling of the trench, and at the same time, it can also play a role in refining the grains of the metal layer.
- accelerators may include, but are not limited to, organic substances containing sulfur atoms and/or sulfur-containing functional groups and/or their salts, such as disulfide bond-containing organic substances and their salts, thiol substances (containing -SH ), thiourea substances, compounds with sulfonic acid groups and their salts, etc.
- the accelerator may include thiourea, allylthiourea, acetylthiourea, 2-morpholinoethanesulfonic acid, sodium polydisulfidepropanesulfonate (SPS), 2-mercaptoethanesulfonate sodium salt (MES), sodium 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate (MPS), potassium 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate, 3-mercapto-propanesulfonate-(3-sulfopropyl) ester (the structure is as follows (shown in a-9)), N,N-dimethyl-dithiocarbamic acid-(3-sulfopropyl) ester (also known as "N,N-dimethyl-dithiocarbonylpropane sulfonic acid Sodium"), sodium N,N-dimethyldithiocarboxamide propane sulfonate (DPS), sodium N,N-dimethyldithiocarboxamide
- the accelerator can be used in various amounts, which can be adjusted according to the specific formula of the above-mentioned electroplating composition, electroplating process parameters, etc.
- the amount of the accelerator used is 0.05ppm-3000ppm, such as 0.1ppm-3000ppm.
- the concentration of the accelerator therein can be 1-1000ppm.
- the concentration of the accelerator in the electroplating composition, can be 1ppm-500ppm, such as 2ppm-500ppm.
- the concentration of the accelerator in the electroplating composition, can be 1ppm-50ppm, such as 2ppm, 5ppm, 10ppm, 20ppm, 25ppm, 30ppm, 35ppm or 40ppm, etc. In some embodiments, the concentration of the accelerator in the electroplating composition is 1ppm-30ppm, and further can be 5-30ppm.
- the accelerator includes one or more of SPS and MPS; the concentration of the accelerator in the electroplating composition is 1 ppm-50 ppm, preferably 1-30 ppm.
- inhibitors refer to additives that can inhibit the metal plating rate.
- Inhibitors are generally electrically neutral in the electroplating composition.
- the inhibitor has a moderate molecular weight and is generally adsorbed at the openings and side walls of the pores. By inhibiting the deposition rate of metal cations there, it can avoid premature sealing of the pores and the occurrence of holes and gaps inside the pores.
- the inhibitor may include, but is not limited to, a polymer containing at least one heteroatom substitution and more particularly oxygen substitution, such as a polyether.
- the inhibitor may include polyethylene glycol substances, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol (PPG), copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol, connected by nitrogen atoms.
- polyethylene glycol and polyglycerol such as Te701
- amines such as ethoxylated amines
- polyoxyalkylene amines such as alkanolamines, amides, alkyl polyether sulfonates, etc. one or more.
- the copolymer of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol can be block or random, for example, specifically an ethylene oxide-propylene oxide (EO/PO) diblock copolymer (ie, polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol).
- the number average molecular weight of the inhibitor is 2,000-15,000, for example, 2,000-10,000.
- the amount of inhibitor used can be adjusted according to the specific formula of the above-mentioned electroplating composition, electroplating process parameters, etc. Under normal circumstances, the amount of inhibitor used is 0.1ppm-3000ppm.
- the concentration of the inhibitor in the electroplating composition may be 1-2000 ppm, such as 1-1000 ppm or 50-2000 ppm. In some embodiments, the concentration of the inhibitor in the electroplating composition may be 2 ppm-500 ppm, and further may be 50 ppm-500 ppm. In some specific embodiments, the concentration may be 100-300 ppm.
- the inhibitor includes polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol (PPG), ethylene oxide-propylene oxide copolymer, ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide copolymer
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- PPG polypropylene glycol
- ethylene oxide-propylene oxide copolymer ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide copolymer
- concentration of the inhibitor in the electroplating composition is 50-500 ppm, preferably 100-300 ppm.
- the electroplating composition further includes an acidic electrolyte and a halide ion source. That is, the electroplating composition at this time includes a metal ion source, an acidic electrolyte, a halide ion source and an electroplating additive.
- the acidic electrolyte can make the electroplating composition acidic, which is beneficial to the protonation of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the electroplating composition.
- the halide ion source can make the crystallization of the coating denser, finer and less rough, and can work synergistically with the inhibitor, so that the inhibitor can better inhibit early sealing when electroplating fills the hole slot.
- the source of halide ions is a source of chloride ions.
- the chloride ion source may be one or more of copper chloride, tin chloride, sodium chloride, potassium chloride and hydrochloric acid.
- the concentration of chloride ions derived from the chloride ion source in the electroplating composition may be 1 ppm to 100 ppm, such as 10 ppm, 20 ppm, 30 ppm, 40 ppm, 50 ppm, 60 ppm, 70 ppm or 80 ppm, etc.
- the acidic electrolyte includes but is not limited to sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, perchloric acid, acetic acid, fluoroboric acid, alkyl sulfonic acid (such as methyl sulfonic acid, ethyl sulfonic acid, propyl sulfonic acid). acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, etc.), arylsulfonic acid (such as benzenesulfonic acid, phenolsulfonic acid, etc.), sulfamic acid, etc.
- the acidic electrolyte includes one or more of sulfuric acid and methylsulfonic acid.
- the total concentration of the acidic electrolyte in the electroplating composition can be 1g/L-100g/L, such as 1g/L, 10g/L, 20g/L, 30g/L, 40g/L, 50g /L, 55g/L, 60g/L, 70g/L, 80g/L, 90g/L, 100g/L.
- Suitable acidic electrolyte and its concentration are beneficial to obtain suitable electroplating deposition rate.
- the metal ion source includes a copper ion source, a nickel ion source, a tin ion source, a cobalt ion source, a ruthenium ion source, and a silver ion source. Either ion source or gold ion source. It can be understood that, depending on which metal layer is pre-deposited, the metal ion source in the electroplating composition will accordingly contain the corresponding metal element in the pre-deposited metal layer. For example, if a metal copper layer is pre-deposited, the metal ion source includes a copper ion source.
- the metal ion source includes a copper ion source.
- the copper ion source may include one or more of copper sulfate, copper nitrate, copper halide, copper acetate, copper methane sulfonate, and the like.
- the acid system of copper ion source is used for electroplating, which has high electroplating efficiency, is environmentally friendly, and can better fill blind holes through the combination of various additives.
- the concentration of the copper ion source in the electroplating composition is 1g/L-400g/L, for example, it can be 10g/L, 20g/L, 50g/L, 60g/L, 80g /L, 100g/L, 150g/L, 200g/L or 300g/L, etc. Controlling the copper ion source within a suitable content range is beneficial to balancing the deposition speed and the brightness and flatness of the resulting copper coating.
- the new leveling agent provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to metal plating liquids such as copper plating liquid. During the hole filling process, a sample with uniform surface metal thickness and good board appearance can be obtained, which is suitable for precision machining. Moreover, the leveling agent of the embodiment of the present application is particularly suitable for electroplating small holes with a lateral size between 10nm and 500nm. It can achieve defect-free and high surface flatness filling of all holes and grooves, which is beneficial to improving the reliability of the final product. .
- the embodiments of the present application also provide the application of the above-mentioned leveling agent of the embodiments of the present application or the leveling agent prepared by the above-mentioned preparation method of the embodiments of the present application or the above-mentioned electroplating composition of the embodiments of the present application in metal electroplating.
- the electroplated metal may include electroplated copper and copper alloys, electroplated nickel and nickel alloys, electroplated tin and tin alloys, electroplated cobalt and cobalt alloys, electroplated ruthenium and ruthenium alloys, electroplated silver and silver alloys, electroplated gold and gold alloys. any of them.
- electroplated metal includes electroplated metal in the printed circuit board preparation process, electroplated metal in the integrated circuit metal interconnection process, or electroplated metal in the electronic packaging process.
- electroplated metal can be specifically used for filling holes and slots on electronic substrates, depositing metal bumps, rewiring substrates, etc.
- the slots may include trenches and/or via holes, and the via holes may include one or more of through holes, blind vias, and buried vias.
- Electronic substrates can be wafer chips (such as copper Damascus process), through silicon via (TSV) adapter boards, printed circuit boards, packaging substrates, etc.
- the electroplated metal may be electroplated metal in Damascus chip trench filling, through silicon hole filling, via hole filling, metal bump deposition, substrate rewiring and other processes.
- electroplating metal includes full metal electroplating filling of hole slots on the electronic substrate.
- Full metal filling can be electroplated copper and copper alloy, electroplated nickel and nickel alloy, electroplated tin and tin alloy, electroplated cobalt and cobalt alloy, electroplated ruthenium and ruthenium alloy, or electroplated silver and silver alloy, electroplated gold and gold alloy filling.
- the above-mentioned leveling agent provided by the embodiments of the present application for all-metal plating filling of holes on electronic substrates can achieve defect-free filling of nano-scale small-sized holes, and at the same time can reduce the high-density interconnection pattern area and low-density
- the thickness difference of the metal interconnect coating in the interconnect pattern area makes the coating surface flatter and more uniform, improves the uniformity of the entire plate plating of the electronic substrate, and reduces the difficulty of subsequent CMP processes; it is also conducive to the production of fine circuits, improving the reliability of electronic products, thereby making it more It is a good way to meet the manufacturing needs of high-density interconnection products through simple processes and low cost.
- Embodiments of the present application also provide a method for electroplating metal, including the following steps:
- the substrate to be electroplated is usually used as a cathode, which can be partially or completely placed in an electroplating tank filled with an electroplating composition, and an anode can be placed in the electroplating tank, which can be soluble or insoluble during the electroplating process.
- the cathode and the anode can be electrically connected to the electroplating power supply through wiring, and the cathode and the anode together form a conductive circuit with the help of the electroplating composition as an electrolyte, thereby achieving metal deposition on the substrate to be electroplated.
- the electroplating device 200 includes:
- the electroplating tank 20 is filled with the electroplating composition 21 described in the embodiment of the present application,
- the cathode 22 and the anode 23 are arranged in the electroplating tank 20, the cathode 22 includes a substrate to be electroplated that is at least partially immersed in the electroplating composition 21,
- the electroplating power supply 24 has a negative electrode electrically connected to the cathode 22 and a positive electrode electrically connected to the anode 23 to apply current to the substrate to be plated when the electroplating power supply 24 is turned on.
- the cathode 22 and the anode 23 are generally placed opposite each other, and they are generally placed apart, for example, separated by a separator 25 .
- the cathode 22 and the anode 23 are placed vertically in the electroplating tank 20 in Figure 4, it can be understood that the cathode 22 and the anode 23 can also be placed horizontally in the electroplating tank 20. Specifically, it can be determined according to the position of the substrate to be electroplated. The details will depend on the plating location.
- a potential is usually applied to the cathode, so that when the electroplating power supply is turned on, current is also applied to the substrate to be plated.
- electroplating copper Cu ions in the electroplating composition are reduced at the cathode, thereby forming plated metal Cu on the substrate to be electroplated.
- the oxidation reaction proceeds at the anode, and the anode may dissolve or become inactive during the electroplating process. Dissolution occurs.
- the applied current may be a direct current, a pulse current, or other suitable current.
- the electroplating composition 21 contained in the electroplating tank 20 can be stirred.
- the The stirring device 26 is placed in the electroplating tank 20 to increase the fluidity of the electroplating composition 21.
- the suitable stirring device 26 may be a stirring mechanism or a gas purge assembly, or other suitable devices.
- the gas purge assembly generally has a ventilation pipeline inserted into the electroplating composition. Several holes can be provided on the wall of the portion of the ventilation pipeline immersed in the electroplating composition to allow purge gas (such as air, inert gas) to pass through the holes flow out.
- the substrate to be electroplated may be a substrate without holes, for example, a patternless silicon substrate with a silicon dioxide layer/tantalum layer/tantalum nitride layer deposited on the surface.
- holes are provided on the substrate to be electroplated, and the metal layer includes an in-hole filling layer that fills the holes and a surface deposition layer deposited around the holes.
- the via slot includes a trench and/or a via hole, and the via hole may include one or more of a through hole, a blind hole, and a buried hole.
- the substrate to be electroplated may be provided with areas with different hole and groove distribution densities, such as a high-density hole and groove distribution area and a low-density hole and groove distribution area.
- the substrate to be electroplated can have holes with different lateral sizes and depths at the same time.
- the lateral size of the hole groove may be 10nm-500nm, specifically 20nm, 30nm, 40nm, 50nm, 60nm, 70nm, 80nm, 90nm, 100nm, 110nm, 120nm, 125nm, 130nm, 150nm, 200nm , 300nm, 400nm, 450nm, etc.
- its lateral dimension refers to the width of the trench
- its lateral dimension refers to the diameter of the through hole.
- the lateral dimensions of the pores may range from 10 nm to 120 nm.
- the electroplating composition provided by the embodiment of the present application is still good for electroplating and filling holes with smaller lateral dimensions.
- the lateral dimension of the hole groove is 60 nm-120 nm.
- the aspect ratio of the hole groove is greater than or equal to 3.
- the depth ratio refers to the ratio of the depth of the slot to its lateral dimensions.
- defects such as holes and gaps are more likely to occur, and the electroplated surface is relatively uneven.
- using the electroplating composition provided in the embodiments of the present application can achieve this for holes with a large depth-to-width ratio. Defect-free filling with high surface flatness.
- the depth of the hole groove can be 100nm-300nm, for example, it can be 100nm, 150nm, 200nm, 280nm or 300nm, etc. In some embodiments, the depth of the pore grooves may be 120-250 nm.
- the inner wall of the hole is usually metallized.
- a metal seed layer such as a copper seed layer, is formed on the inner wall of the hole to achieve a good connection between the hole to be plated and the anode during electroplating. Electrical connection.
- the electroplating process conditions are: the electroplating temperature is 10°C-65°C, for example, 20-30°C; the current density is 0.3ASD-106ASD, and the total electroplating time is 10s-200s.
- the above-mentioned electroplating composition can be stirred so that the concentration of the electroplating composition in each place in the electroplating tank remains substantially consistent.
- the electroplating includes the first step of electroplating, the second step of electroplating and the third step of electroplating.
- the current density of the first step of electroplating is 0.3ASD-0.8ASD, such as 0.5 or 0.65ASD; the electroplating time is 3s-20s, such as 5s-12s.
- the current density of the second step of electroplating is 0.5ASD-1.5ASD, such as 1ASD or 1.2ASD; the electroplating time is 30s-50s, such as 35s or 40s.
- the current density of the third step of electroplating is 1ASD-10ASD, such as 2ASD, 5ASD, 6ASD or 8ASD, etc.; the electroplating time is 30s-50s, such as 45s.
- the temperatures of each electroplating step can be the same or different.
- defect-free filling can be better obtained through step-by-step electroplating, and a suitable surface metal layer thickness can be obtained.
- the first step of electroplating can better repair the copper seed layer; the second step of electroplating can better achieve pore filling; and the third step of electroplating can thicken the surface to facilitate subsequent polishing and grinding.
- an embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic substrate 100, including a base layer 101 and a metal layer 102 disposed on the base layer.
- the metal layer 102 is formed by electroplating with the electroplating composition described above in the embodiment of the present application, or by using the present invention.
- the application embodiment is formed by the method of electroplating metal described above.
- the metal layer 102 includes a copper or copper alloy layer, nickel or nickel alloy layer, tin or tin alloy layer, cobalt or cobalt alloy layer, ruthenium or ruthenium alloy layer, silver or silver alloy layer, gold or gold alloy any of the layers.
- the base layer 101 includes a substrate 1011 and a dielectric layer 1012.
- the dielectric layer 1012 on the base layer 101 is provided with a hole groove 103.
- the metal layer 102 includes an in-hole filling layer 1021 that fills the hole groove 103 and a hole filling layer 1021 deposited on the base layer 101.
- a layer 1022 is deposited on the surface around the hole 103 .
- regions with different densities are provided in the holes 103 , and the thickness difference of the surface deposition layer 1022 is small. Overall, the surface of the surface deposition layer 1022 is flat and has low roughness. It can be understood that in some embodiments, after the surface deposition layer 1022 is removed by the CMP process, the metal layer 102 only includes the in-hole filling layer 1021 that fills the hole trench 103.
- a metal seed layer such as a copper seed layer, formed by metallizing the hole groove 103 between the base layer 101 and the metal layer 102 .
- the lateral size of the hole groove 103 may be 10 nm-500 nm, and the aspect ratio may be greater than or equal to 3.
- a plurality of holes 103 may be provided on the base layer 101, and the plurality of holes 103 may have different lateral dimensions and depths, or may have the same lateral dimensions and depths.
- the thickness of the surface deposition layer 1022 is less than 2 ⁇ m. In some embodiments, the thickness is less than or equal to 1 ⁇ m. In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the average thickness H1 of the surface deposition layer 1022 in the high-density interconnection pattern area to the average thickness H2 of the surface deposition layer 1022 in the low-density interconnection pattern area is less than or equal to 1.2. In some embodiments, the ratio of H1 to H2 is less than or equal to 1.10. In some embodiments, the ratio of H1 to H2 is less than or equal to 1.05, such as 1.03, 1.02 or 1.01. This ratio is very close to the super-flattening effect (ratio value is 1.0). In some embodiments, the ratio of H1 to H2 is equal to 1.0.
- the electronic substrate 100 shown in FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram that has not been processed by CMP.
- the surface deposition layer 1022 can be removed through a polishing process.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device.
- the electronic device adopts the electronic substrate 100 described in the embodiment of the present application.
- At least one refers to one or more
- plural items refers to two or more.
- At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items (items) or plural items (items).
- at least one of a, b, or c or “at least one of a, b, and c” can mean: a, b, c, a-b (that is, a and b), a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple respectively.
- a polyamide L1 whose structure is shown in Formula 1:
- the preparation method of polyamide L1 includes the following steps:
- a copper electroplating solution includes components in the following mass proportions:
- Copper sulfate (calculated as copper ions): 100g/L,
- Leveling agent (specifically polyamide L1): 5ppm,
- Accelerator specifically sodium polydisulfide propane sulfonate (SPS): 25ppm
- Inhibitor specifically polyether L64, ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide copolymer: 250 ppm.
- Comparative Example 1 a copper electroplating solution without adding leveling agent is used as Comparative Example 1.
- the only difference between the copper electroplating solution in Comparative Example 1 and Example 1 is that polyamide L1 is not added.
- the copper electroplating solution of Example 1 and the copper electroplating solution of the comparative example were used to electroplate copper filling on a substrate to be electroplated with a groove or through-hole structure with a width of 60nm-120nm and a depth of 120nm-250nm.
- the substrate to be electroplated was a Damascus graphic chip with a copper seed layer in the groove or through-hole.
- the electroplating temperature was room temperature electroplating (temperature was 20-30° C.).
- the electroplating process adopted a three-step current method.
- the current density of the first electroplating step was 0.65ASD, and the electroplating time was 6 seconds.
- the current density of the second electroplating step was 1ASD, and the electroplating time was 40 seconds.
- the current density of the third electroplating step was 6ASD, and the electroplating time was 45 seconds.
- a non-patterned silicon wafer (referred to as a light wafer) with a copper middle layer deposited on the surface was electroplated with copper using the copper electroplating solutions of Example 1 and the comparative example 1 according to the above electroplating process.
- Figures 6a and 6b are cross-sectional electron microscope photos of the electroplated chip sample of Comparative Example 1 at different magnifications.
- Figure 6b is a partial enlarged view of Figure 6a.
- Figure 6c is an atomic force microscope photo of the light sheet surface after electroplating of Comparative Example 1. . It can be seen from Figure 6a and Figure 6b that without adding leveling agent, after the grooves, through holes and other hole structures in the chip are filled by electroplating, hole defects still exist (see Figure 6b), and the grooves Or the thickness of the copper plating layer above the high-density area and the low-density area of the through hole is quite different.
- the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density area (approximately 0.830 ⁇ m) and the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density area (approximately 0.660 ⁇ m)
- the ratio is as high as 1.26, making it difficult to perform subsequent CMP operations.
- the roughness Rq of the surface of the light sheet after electroplating in Comparative Example 1 is only 12.7nm, which is relatively rough and the surface flatness is poor.
- Figures 7a and 7b are respectively cross-sectional scanning electron microscope photographs at different magnifications of the electroplated chip sample in Example 1 of the present application.
- Figure 7b is a partial enlargement of Figure 7a. It can be seen that when polyamide L1 is added as a leveling agent in the plating solution, defect-free filling of small-sized trenches and through-holes is achieved (see Figure 7b), and high-density groove areas and low-density holes are filled The surface of the copper layer in the groove area has small fluctuations.
- the ratio of the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole and groove area (about 0.816 ⁇ m) to the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density hole and groove area (about 0.806 ⁇ m) is only 1.01, which is smooth. The degree is greatly improved, and the result is very close to the ideal leveling effect of 1.0, which can greatly reduce the burden of the subsequent CMP polishing process.
- the thickness fluctuation of the surface of the light sheet after adding polyamide L1 as a leveling agent is also significantly reduced compared with the light sheet obtained in Comparative Example 1.
- the surface roughness Rq of the light sheet after electroplating is only 5.28nm.
- polyamide L1 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula can have a significant leveling effect.
- a polyamide L2 whose structure is shown in formula (2):
- the preparation method of polyamide L2 includes the following steps:
- a copper electroplating solution the formula of which is different from that of the copper electroplating solution in Example 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L2.
- the copper electroplating solution of Example 2 is used for electroplating copper filling.
- the substrate to be electroplated has grooves or through-holes. Damascus graphics chip with copper seed layer, the electroplating process is the same as in Example 1.
- Figures 8a and 8b are cross-sectional SEM photos of the chip samples after electroplating in Example 2 of the present application at different magnifications, and Figure 8b is a partial enlarged view of Figure 8a.
- Figures 8a and 8b that when polyamide L2 is added as a leveling agent, small-sized grooves, through holes and other hole structures are all filled without defects, and the thickness difference of the copper plating layer above the high-density hole groove area and the low-density hole groove area is small, among which the ratio of the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole groove area to the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density hole groove area is only 1.03, which is very close to the ideal leveling effect of 1.0, thereby greatly reducing the burden of the subsequent CMP polishing process.
- polyamide L2 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula achieves defect-free filling of small-sized holes and slots, and high-flatness simultaneous filling of different-sized and different
- the preparation method of polyamide L3 includes the following steps:
- the hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum results of the polyamide L3 are: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ (ppm): 3.28 (s, 2H), 2.88 (s, 2H), 2.69 (s, 2H), 2.36 (s ,4H),2.22(s,3H),2.19(s,3H),1.65(s,2H).
- a copper electroplating solution the formula of which is different from that of the copper electroplating solution in Example 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L3.
- the copper electroplating solution of Example 3 is used to perform electroplating copper filling.
- the substrate to be electroplated has grooves or through-holes. Damascus graphics chip with copper seed layer, the electroplating process is the same as in Example 1.
- Figures 9a and 9b are cross-sectional scanning electron microscope photographs of the electroplated chip sample at different magnifications in Example 3 of the present application, and Figure 9b is a diagram Magnified view of part of 9a. It can be seen from Figure 9a and Figure 9b that when polyamide L3 is added as a leveling agent, small-sized trenches, through-holes and other hole structures can be filled without defects, and the high-density hole area is closely related to the low-density hole structure. The difference in thickness of the copper plating layer above the high-density hole and groove area is small.
- the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole and groove area (approximately 0.744 ⁇ m) and the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density hole and groove area (approximately 0.715 ⁇ m)
- the ratio is only 1.04, which is closer to the ideal leveling effect of 1.0, which can greatly reduce the burden of the subsequent CMP polishing process.
- polyamide L3 is used as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula to achieve defect-free filling of small-sized holes and grooves, as well as high-flatness simultaneous filling of areas with different sizes and hole setting densities, and has a significant leveling effect.
- step (2) the reaction raw material 1,8-diamino-3,6-dioxaoctane is also added.
- the preparation method of polyamide L4 includes the following steps:
- a copper electroplating solution the formula of which is different from the copper electroplating solution in Embodiment 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L4.
- Example 4 Take the same Damascus graphics chip as in Example 1, and use the copper electroplating solution of Example 4 to electroplat and fill it with copper.
- polyamide L4 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula has good leveling effect.
- step (2) N,N'-bis(aminopropyl)-N,N'-dimethyl-1,2- Ethylenediamine replaces N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)methylamine.
- a copper electroplating solution the formula of which is different from the copper electroplating solution in Embodiment 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L5.
- Example 2 Take the same Damascus graphics chip as in Example 1, and use the copper electroplating solution of Example 5 to electroplat and fill it with copper.
- polyamide L5 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula has good leveling effect.
- step (2) N,N',N"-trimethyldiethylenetriamine is used to replace N,N-bis(3-amino Propyl)methylamine.
- a copper electroplating solution the formula of which is different from the copper electroplating solution in Embodiment 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L6.
- Example 2 Take the same Damascus graphics chip as in Example 1, and use the copper electroplating solution of Example 6 to electroplat and fill it with copper.
- polyamide L6 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula has good leveling effect.
- the preparation method of polyamide D2 includes the following steps:
- the hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum results of the polyamide D2 are: 1 H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) ⁇ (ppm): 3.09 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 2H), 2.32 (s, 2H), 2.11(s,3H),1.59(s,2H).
- a copper electroplating solution the formula of which is different from the copper electroplating solution in Embodiment 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide D2.
- the copper electroplating solution of Comparative Example 2 is used for electroplating copper filling.
- the substrate to be electroplated has grooves or through-holes. Damascus graphics chip with copper seed layer, the electroplating process is the same as in Example 1.
- FIG10 is a scanning electron microscope photo of the cross section of the chip sample after electroplating in Comparative Example 2.
- the thickness of the copper plating layer above the high-density hole slot area and the low-density hole slot area is quite different, and the ratio of the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole slot area to the low-density hole slot area is about 1.18, that is, the copper layer thickness in the high-density hole slot area is about 18% higher than that in the low-density hole slot area, while the copper layer thickness in the high-density hole slot area in Example 1 is only 1% higher than that in the low-density hole slot area.
- the new leveling agent of the embodiment of the present application is added to the electroplating composition and used for electroplating copper filling, which can ensure that the metal copper in the micro-sodium sized trench is filled without pores, and the leveling agent inhibits the passage of Excessive deposition of copper will eventually achieve a better planarization effect, effectively reducing the plateau undulations of the coating surface, thereby obtaining samples with uniform copper thickness and good board appearance, reducing the difficulty of subsequent polishing processes and improving the reliability of the final product.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Electrochemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Metallurgy (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Electroplating And Plating Baths Therefor (AREA)
Abstract
Provided in the embodiments of the present application is a leveling agent, comprising a polyamide substance. The polyamide substance comprises a repeating unit represented by formula (I) or a protonated or N-quaternized product of the repeating unit represented by formula (I). In formula (I), R is selected from a hydrogen atom and a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and A1 and A2 independently comprise a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the backbone of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I). The leveling agent is beneficial to achieving defect-free high-flatness filling of holes and slots. Further provided in the embodiments of the present application are a preparation method for the leveling agent and related use thereof.
Description
本申请要求于2022年9月23日提交至中国专利局、申请号为202211166697.0、申请名称为“整平剂、电镀组合物及其应用”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on September 23, 2022, with application number 202211166697.0 and the application title "Leveling agent, electroplating composition and application thereof", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference. in this application.
本申请实施例涉及电镀金属技术领域,特别是涉及一种整平剂、电镀组合物及其应用。The embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of metal electroplating, and in particular to a leveling agent, an electroplating composition and their applications.
在电子行业制造工艺中,铜金属由于具有良好的导电性、延展性等特点而作为金属互连材料被广泛应用于集成电路、印制电路板等领域。一般是通过电镀工艺来完成对不同尺寸的沟槽、通孔等孔槽的金属铜填充,以构建互连结构。In the manufacturing process of the electronics industry, copper metal is widely used as a metal interconnect material in integrated circuits, printed circuit boards and other fields due to its good conductivity, ductility and other characteristics. Generally, metal copper filling of trenches, through holes and other holes of different sizes is completed through an electroplating process to build an interconnection structure.
其中,在电镀铜填充孔槽的过程中,一般需要在电镀液中添加适当的添加剂来实现互连结构的无缺陷(如无孔洞、无缝隙等)均匀填充。其中,常见的添加剂包括整平剂,其可在有助实现孔槽的无孔洞等缺陷填充的同时,缩小互连图形区域与无互联图形区域铜层的沉积厚度差异,保证铜镀层的表面平整性,以便后续顺利进行化学机械抛光(CMP)。但随着集成电路工艺特征尺寸的不断减小,获得无缺陷、高表面平整度的电镀互联层的难度越来越高,对填充小尺寸沟槽所用电镀液配方的要求也越来越严格。因此,有必要提供一种适用于填充特征尺寸较小的孔槽的整平剂,以实现表面平整度高的无缺陷填充。Among them, in the process of electroplating copper to fill the slots, it is generally necessary to add appropriate additives to the plating solution to achieve uniform filling of the interconnect structure without defects (such as no holes, no gaps, etc.). Among them, common additives include leveling agents, which can not only help to fill holes and other defects, but also reduce the thickness difference of the copper layer in the interconnection pattern area and the non-interconnection pattern area, ensuring that the surface of the copper plating layer is smooth. properties to facilitate smooth subsequent chemical mechanical polishing (CMP). However, as the feature size of integrated circuit processes continues to decrease, it is becoming more and more difficult to obtain electroplated interconnect layers with no defects and high surface flatness, and the requirements for the plating solution formula used to fill small-sized trenches are becoming more and more stringent. Therefore, it is necessary to provide a leveling agent suitable for filling holes and grooves with small feature sizes to achieve defect-free filling with high surface flatness.
发明内容Contents of the invention
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供了一种整平剂,使用该整平剂的电镀组合物用于电子基板中互联结构的填充,可以实现小尺寸孔槽的无缺陷金属填充的情况下,保证在不同分布密度的互联区域上得到的金属镀层的表面平整度高,降低化学机械抛光的难度,提高镀层可靠性。In view of this, embodiments of the present application provide a leveling agent. The electroplating composition using the leveling agent is used for filling interconnect structures in electronic substrates, and can realize defect-free metal filling of small-sized holes and grooves, ensuring that The surface flatness of the metal coating obtained on the interconnection areas with different distribution densities is high, which reduces the difficulty of chemical mechanical polishing and improves the reliability of the coating.
具体地,本申请实施例第一方面提供了一种整平剂,用于金属电镀,所述整平剂包括聚酰胺类物质,所述聚酰胺类物质包括式(Ⅰ)所示的重复单元,或式(I)所示重复单元的质子化或N-季铵化产物:
Specifically, the first aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a leveling agent for metal plating. The leveling agent includes a polyamide substance, and the polyamide substance includes a repeating unit represented by formula (I). , or the protonated or N-quaternized product of the repeating unit represented by formula (I):
Specifically, the first aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a leveling agent for metal plating. The leveling agent includes a polyamide substance, and the polyamide substance includes a repeating unit represented by formula (I). , or the protonated or N-quaternized product of the repeating unit represented by formula (I):
其中,R选自氢原子、取代或未取代的烷基,A1和A2独立地含有位于式(Ⅰ)所示的酰胺重复单元主链上的叔胺氮原子。Wherein, R is selected from a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and A 1 and A 2 independently contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I).
本申请实施例提供的上述整平剂是主链上含叔胺氮原子的聚酰胺物质或其质子化、N-季铵化获得的聚酰胺衍生物,将该整平剂加入到电镀组合物中,用于集成电路制造等半导体制造工艺中孔槽的电镀金属填充时,可以在一定程度上地抑制金属的过度沉积,能在保证较小尺寸的孔槽内金属无缺陷填充的情况下,借助其叔胺氮原子在酸性电镀组合物中的质子化而具有较高的电化学吸附能力,特别利于该整平剂在镀层表面的凸起位置优先吸附并发挥抑制效果,减小不同密度布线区域的电镀金属层的厚度差异,降低镀层表面的平台起伏,从而获得较好的平坦化效果,利于后续CMP工艺的进行。此外,该整平剂重复单元的主链上A1和A2中均含有叔胺氮原子,利于整平剂平衡高且稳定的吸附能力及保证较高结构稳定性,使所得镀层中夹杂的杂质含量低,镀层可靠性高。The above-mentioned leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application is a polyamide substance containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms in the main chain or a polyamide derivative obtained by protonation and N-quaternization. The leveling agent is added to the electroplating composition. When used for electroplating metal filling of holes in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as integrated circuit manufacturing, it can suppress excessive metal deposition to a certain extent and ensure defect-free filling of metal in smaller holes. It has high electrochemical adsorption capacity by virtue of the protonation of its tertiary amine nitrogen atoms in the acidic electroplating composition, which is especially beneficial for the leveling agent to preferentially adsorb and exert an inhibitory effect on the convex positions on the surface of the plating layer, reducing wiring with different densities. The thickness difference of the electroplated metal layer in the area reduces the platform fluctuation on the surface of the coating, thereby obtaining a better planarization effect and facilitating the subsequent CMP process. In addition, both A 1 and A 2 in the main chain of the leveling agent's repeating unit contain tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, which is beneficial to the leveling agent's balanced high and stable adsorption capacity and ensuring higher structural stability, so that the resulting coating contains The impurity content is low and the coating reliability is high.
本申请实施方式中,A1和A2独立地含有1-5个如式(i)所示的叔胺结构:
In the embodiment of the present application, A 1 and A 2 independently contain 1-5 tertiary amine structures as shown in formula (i):
In the embodiment of the present application, A 1 and A 2 independently contain 1-5 tertiary amine structures as shown in formula (i):
其中,R1、R2独立地选自直连单键,亚烷基,或者含醚氧原子、带氮原子连接基团中至少一种的亚烷基;R3选自烷基,芳烷基,羟烷基,或者含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基;*标记的位置代表与式(Ⅰ)所示酰胺重复单元的主链的连接位置。
Among them, R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from a direct single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom connecting group; R 3 is selected from an alkyl group, an aralkyl group. group, hydroxyalkyl group, or an alkyl group or hydroxyalkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom and/or a tertiary amine nitrogen atom; the position marked * represents the connection position to the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I).
本申请实施方式中,所述A2表示为-R1-NR3-R2-或者-R1
1-NR3
1-R2
1-NR3
2-R1
2,其中,R1、R2、R1
1、R1
2独立地选自亚烷基,R2
1选自亚烷基或者含叔胺氮原子的亚烷基;R3
1、R3
2、R3独立地选自烷基,羟烷基,或者含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基。在一些实施方式中,R1、R2、R1
1、R1
2、R2
1独立地选自直链状的C1-C6亚烷基。In the embodiments of the present application, A2 is represented by -R1 - NR3 - R2- or -R11 - NR31 - R21 - NR32 -R12 , wherein R1 , R2 , R11 , R12 are independently selected from alkylene groups, R21 is selected from alkylene groups or alkylene groups containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms; R31 , R32 , R3 are independently selected from alkyl groups, hydroxyalkyl groups, or alkyl groups or hydroxyalkyl groups containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms. In some embodiments, R1 , R2 , R11 , R12 , R21 are independently selected from linear C1 - C6 alkylene groups.
本申请实施方式中,所述A1表示为-NR3-或者-NR3’-R’-NR3’-,其中,R3、R3’独立地选自烷基、芳烷基、羟烷基,或者含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基;R’选自亚烷基或间隔含有叔胺氮原子的亚烷基。In the embodiment of the present application, the A 1 represents -NR 3 - or -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-, wherein R 3 and R 3 ' are independently selected from alkyl, aralkyl, hydroxyl Alkyl, or alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms; R' is selected from alkylene or alkylene containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms.
本申请一些实施方式中,所述R’中,间隔含有叔胺氮原子的亚烷基表示为-[D1-NR3”]c-D2-,其中,D1、D2、R3”独立地选自亚烷基,c为大于或等于1的整数,且n大于1时,各D1或各R3”相同或不同。In some embodiments of the present application, among the R′, the alkylene group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom is expressed as -[D 1 -NR 3 ″] c -D 2 -, where D 1 , D 2 , R 3 ” is independently selected from alkylene, c is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is greater than 1, each D 1 or each R 3 ” is the same or different.
本申请实施方式中,所述聚酰胺类物质中包括2-200个所述式(Ⅰ)所示的重复单元或其质子化或N-季铵化产物。In the embodiment of the present application, the polyamide material includes 2-200 repeating units represented by the formula (I) or its protonated or N-quaternized products.
本申请一些实施方式中,所述聚酰胺类物质还包括式(Ⅱ)所示的重复单元,或式(Ⅱ)所示重复单元的质子化或N-季铵化产物:
In some embodiments of the present application, the polyamide material also includes repeating units represented by formula (II), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (II):
In some embodiments of the present application, the polyamide material also includes repeating units represented by formula (II), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (II):
其中,A3不含叔胺氮原子,所述A3包括直连键、亚烷基、或者含醚氧原子的亚烷基。Wherein, A 3 does not contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom, and the A 3 includes a direct bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom.
本申请一些实施方式中,所述A3中,所述含醚氧原子的亚烷基表示为-(R4-O)x-R5-,其中,R4、R5为相同或不同的亚烷基,x为大于或等于1的整数,且x大于1时,各R4为相同或不同的亚烷基。In some embodiments of the present application, in the A 3 , the alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom is represented by -(R 4 -O) x -R 5 -, where R 4 and R 5 are the same or different Alkylene group, x is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and when x is greater than 1, each R 4 is the same or different alkylene group.
本申请实施方式中,所述聚酰胺类物质中包括不超过200个所述式(Ⅱ)所示重复单元或其质子化或N-季铵化产物。In the embodiment of the present application, the polyamide material includes no more than 200 repeating units represented by the formula (II) or its protonated or N-quaternized products.
本申请实施例第二方面提供了一种整平剂的制备方法,包括:The second aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for preparing a leveling agent, including:
(1)将带伯氨基或两个亚氨基的胺类物质与丙烯酸酯进行迈克尔加成反应,得到式(A)所示的含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质;(1) Perform a Michael addition reaction between an amine substance with a primary amino group or two imino groups and an acrylate to obtain a dicarboxylate substance containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by formula (A);
(2)将式(B)所示的含叔胺氮原子的脂肪族二胺与式(A)所示的含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质进行酯交换缩聚反应,得到整平剂,所述整平剂包括聚酰胺类物质,所述聚酰胺类物质包括式(Ⅰ)所示的重复单元,或式(I)所示重复单元的质子化或N-季铵化产物,
(2) Perform a transesterification polycondensation reaction between the aliphatic diamine containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms represented by formula (B) and the dicarboxylate material containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms represented by formula (A) to obtain a leveling agent , the leveling agent includes polyamide substances, and the polyamide substances include repeating units represented by formula (I), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (I),
(2) Perform a transesterification polycondensation reaction between the aliphatic diamine containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms represented by formula (B) and the dicarboxylate material containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms represented by formula (A) to obtain a leveling agent , the leveling agent includes polyamide substances, and the polyamide substances include repeating units represented by formula (I), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (I),
式(A)中,A1含有位于式(A)所示的二羧酸酯物质主链上的叔胺氮原子,M选自取代或未取代的烷基;式(B)中,A2含有位于式(B)所示的脂肪族二胺主链上的叔胺氮原子,式(Ⅰ)中的A1和A2独立地含有位于式(Ⅰ)所示的酰胺重复单元主链上的叔胺氮原子,式(B)和式(Ⅰ)中的R选自氢原子、取代或未取代的烷基。In formula (A), A 1 contains a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the dicarboxylate material represented by formula (A), and M is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group; in formula (B), A 2 Containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms located on the main chain of the aliphatic diamine represented by formula (B), A1 and A2 in formula (I) independently contain located on the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I) The tertiary amine nitrogen atom, R in formula (B) and formula (I) is selected from hydrogen atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups.
本申请一些实施方式中,步骤(1)中,所述胺类物质可表示为R3-NH2,或者R3’-NH-R’-NH-R3’。这样可通过步骤(1)的反应得到如式(A)所示的含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质。其中,当所用胺类物质为R3-NH2时,对应式(A)中的A1为-NR3-;当所用胺类物质为R3’-NH-R’-NH-R3’时,对应式(A)中的A1为-NR3’-R’-NR3’-。In some embodiments of the present application, in step (1), the amine substance can be represented by R 3 -NH 2 , or R 3 '-NH-R'-NH-R 3 '. In this way, the dicarboxylate material containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom as shown in formula (A) can be obtained through the reaction of step (1). Among them, when the amine substance used is R 3 -NH 2 , A 1 in the corresponding formula (A) is -NR 3 -; when the amine substance used is R 3 '-NH-R'-NH-R 3 ' When , A 1 in the corresponding formula (A) is -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-.
本申请实施例提供的整平剂的制备方法,工艺简单,适于规模化生产。The preparation method of the leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application has a simple process and is suitable for large-scale production.
本申请实施例第三方面提供了一种电镀组合物,所述电镀组合物包括金属离子源和电镀添加剂,所述电镀添加剂包括本申请实施例第一方面所述的整平剂或本申请实施例第二方面所述的制备方法制得的整平剂。The third aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides an electroplating composition. The electroplating composition includes a metal ion source and an electroplating additive. The electroplating additive includes the leveling agent described in the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application or the implementation of the present application. The leveling agent prepared by the preparation method described in the second aspect.
本申请实施方式中,所述电镀组合物中,所述整平剂的浓度为1ppm-200ppm。控制电镀组合物中的上述整平剂浓度在适合范围,有利于获得适中的金属沉积速度,更好地实现小尺寸孔槽无缺陷高平整度的整
板填充,从而有利于精细线路的制作,有利于提升电子产品的可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the concentration of the leveling agent in the electroplating composition is 1 ppm-200 ppm. Controlling the concentration of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the electroplating composition within a suitable range is conducive to obtaining a moderate metal deposition speed and better achieving defect-free and high flatness of small-sized holes. Board filling, thus facilitating the production of fine circuits and improving the reliability of electronic products.
本申请实施方式中,所述电镀组合物还包括加速剂、抑制剂中的一种或多种。整平剂与加速剂、抑制剂等的相互协同配合,可以有效降低铜层表面粗糙度,在布线密度不同的区域也可实现表面面铜厚度均匀,可以更好地实现小尺寸沟槽无缺陷高平整度的整板填充,降低后续抛光工艺的技术难度。In the embodiment of the present application, the electroplating composition further includes one or more of an accelerator and an inhibitor. The synergistic cooperation of leveling agents, accelerators, inhibitors, etc. can effectively reduce the surface roughness of the copper layer. It can also achieve uniform surface copper thickness in areas with different wiring densities, and can better realize defect-free small-sized trenches. High flatness of the entire plate filling reduces the technical difficulty of subsequent polishing processes.
本申请实施方式中,所述电镀添加剂还包括其他整平剂。In the implementation manner of the present application, the electroplating additive also includes other leveling agents.
本申请实施方式中,所述电镀组合物还包括酸性电解质和卤离子源。本申请实施方式中,所述卤离子源包括氯离子源;所述酸性电解质包括硫酸、磷酸、硝酸、盐酸、高氯酸、乙酸、氟硼酸、烷基磺酸、芳基磺酸、氨基磺酸中的一种或多种。In the embodiment of the present application, the electroplating composition further includes an acidic electrolyte and a halide ion source. In the embodiment of the present application, the halide ion source includes a chloride ion source; the acidic electrolyte includes sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, perchloric acid, acetic acid, fluoroboric acid, alkyl sulfonic acid, arylsulfonic acid, sulfamate One or more acids.
酸性电解质可使电镀组合物呈酸性,利于上述整平剂在电镀组合物中质子化,以便对待电镀基板具有更好的吸附能力;卤离子源,特别是氯离子源可使镀层结晶较致密,能对抑制剂性能的发挥起到协同增效作用。The acidic electrolyte can make the electroplating composition acidic, which facilitates the protonation of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the electroplating composition, so as to have better adsorption capacity for the substrate to be electroplated; the halide ion source, especially the chloride ion source, can make the crystallization of the coating denser, It can play a synergistic effect on the performance of inhibitors.
本申请实施例第四方面提供了如第一方面所述的整平剂或第二方面所述的制备方法制得的整平剂,或如第三方面所述的组合物在电镀金属中的应用。The fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides the leveling agent as described in the first aspect or the leveling agent prepared by the preparation method as described in the second aspect, or the composition as described in the third aspect in electroplated metal. application.
本申请实施方式中,所述电镀金属包括电镀铜及铜合金、电镀镍及镍合金、电镀锡及锡合金、电镀钴及钴合金、电镀钌及钌合金、电镀银及银合金、电镀金及金合金中的任意一种。In the embodiment of the present application, the electroplated metal includes electroplated copper and copper alloy, electroplated nickel and nickel alloy, electroplated tin and tin alloy, electroplated cobalt and cobalt alloy, electroplated ruthenium and ruthenium alloy, electroplated silver and silver alloy, electroplated gold and Any of the gold alloys.
本申请实施方式中,所述电镀金属包括印刷电路板制备工艺中电镀金属、集成电路金属互连工艺中电镀金属、电子封装工艺中电镀金属。具体地,电镀金属可以是包括孔槽填充(如大马士革沟槽填充、硅通孔填充、其他导通孔填充等)、金属凸点沉积、基板再布线等工艺中的电镀金属。In the embodiment of the present application, the electroplated metal includes electroplated metal in the printed circuit board preparation process, electroplated metal in the integrated circuit metal interconnection process, and electroplated metal in the electronic packaging process. Specifically, the electroplated metal can be electroplated metal in processes including hole filling (such as Damascus trench filling, through silicon hole filling, other via hole filling, etc.), metal bump deposition, substrate rewiring and other processes.
本申请一些实施方式中,所述电镀金属包括电子基板上孔槽的全金属电镀填充。电子基板可以是普通基板、印制电路板、芯片、封装基板等,孔槽包括沟槽和/或导通孔,导通孔可以是包括通孔、盲孔和埋孔。In some embodiments of the present application, the electroplated metal includes full metal electroplating filling of hole slots on the electronic substrate. The electronic substrate can be an ordinary substrate, a printed circuit board, a chip, a packaging substrate, etc. The hole slot includes a trench and/or a via hole, and the via hole can include a through hole, a blind hole, and a buried hole.
本申请实施例提供的整平剂用于电子基板上孔槽的全金属电镀填充时,可实现纳米级小尺寸孔槽的无缺陷填充,并能够减小高密度互联图形区域与低密度互联图形区域铜互联层的厚度差异,使镀层表面更加平坦均匀,降低后续CMP工艺难度。When the leveling agent provided by the embodiments of the present application is used for all-metal electroplating filling of holes on electronic substrates, it can achieve defect-free filling of nano-scale small-sized holes and can reduce high-density interconnection pattern areas and low-density interconnection patterns. The thickness difference of the regional copper interconnection layer makes the plating surface flatter and more uniform, reducing the difficulty of the subsequent CMP process.
本申请实施例第五方面提供了一种电镀装置,包括:The fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides an electroplating device, including:
电镀槽,所述电镀槽内装有本申请实施例第三方面所述的电镀组合物;An electroplating tank, the electroplating tank is filled with the electroplating composition described in the third aspect of the embodiment of the present application;
设置在所述电镀槽内的阴极和阳极,所述阴极包括至少部分浸入所述电镀组合物中的待电镀的基板;a cathode and an anode disposed in the electroplating tank, the cathode comprising a substrate to be electroplated at least partially immersed in the electroplating composition;
电镀电源,所述电镀电源的负极与所述阴极电连接,所述电镀电源的正极与所述阳极电连接,以在接通所述电镀电源时施加电流到所述待电镀的基板。An electroplating power supply, the negative electrode of the electroplating power supply is electrically connected to the cathode, and the positive electrode of the electroplating power supply is electrically connected to the anode, so as to apply current to the substrate to be electroplated when the electroplating power supply is turned on.
本申请实施例第六方面提供了一种电镀金属的方法,包括以下步骤:The sixth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a method of electroplating metal, including the following steps:
将待电镀基板与本申请实施例第三方面所述的电镀组合物接触;Contact the substrate to be electroplated with the electroplating composition described in the third aspect of the embodiment of the present application;
向所述待电镀基板施加电流进行电镀,以使所述待电镀基板上形成金属层。Apply electric current to the substrate to be electroplated to perform electroplating, so that a metal layer is formed on the substrate to be electroplated.
该电镀金属的方法可以采用如本申请实施例第四方面提供的电镀装置中进行。The method of electroplating metal can be performed using the electroplating device provided in the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施方式中,所述待电镀基板上设有孔槽,所述孔槽包括沟槽、通孔、盲孔中的一种或多种。In the embodiment of the present application, the substrate to be electroplated is provided with a hole groove, and the hole groove includes one or more of a trench, a through hole, and a blind hole.
本申请实施方式中,所述孔槽的横向尺寸为10nm-500nm,和/或所述孔槽的深宽比大于或等于3。In the embodiment of the present application, the lateral size of the hole groove is 10 nm-500 nm, and/or the aspect ratio of the hole groove is greater than or equal to 3.
本申请实施方式中,所述电镀包括第一步电镀、第二步电镀和第三步电镀,其中,所述第一步电镀的电流密度为0.3ASD-0.8ASD,电镀时间为3s-20s;所述第二步电镀的电流密度为0.5ASD-1.5ASD,电镀时间为30s-50s;所述第三步电镀的电流密度为1ASD-10ASD,电镀时间为30s-50s。分步电镀可以更好地获得无缺陷填充,并获得适合的表面金属层厚度。In the embodiment of the present application, the electroplating includes the first step of electroplating, the second step of electroplating and the third step of electroplating, wherein the current density of the first step of electroplating is 0.3ASD-0.8ASD, and the electroplating time is 3s-20s; The current density of the second step of electroplating is 0.5ASD-1.5ASD, and the electroplating time is 30s-50s; the current density of the third step of electroplating is 1ASD-10ASD, and the electroplating time is 30s-50s. Step-by-step plating allows for better defect-free filling and a suitable surface metal layer thickness.
本申请实施方式中,所述金属层包括填充所述孔槽的孔内填充层和沉积在所述孔槽周围的表面沉积层。当所述待电镀基板上设有孔槽设置密度不同的高密度孔槽区域和低密度孔槽区域时,所述高密度孔槽区域上的表面沉积层的平均厚度与低密度孔槽区域的表面沉积的平均厚度之比可以小于或等于1.2。此时电镀后基板的表面沉积层平坦均匀,整板电镀均匀性高,降低后续CMP工艺难度。In the embodiment of the present application, the metal layer includes an in-hole filling layer that fills the hole grooves and a surface deposition layer deposited around the hole grooves. When the substrate to be electroplated is provided with a high-density slot area and a low-density slot area with different slot densities, the average thickness of the surface deposition layer on the high-density slot area is different from that of the low-density slot area. The ratio of the average thickness of the surface deposit may be less than or equal to 1.2. At this time, the surface deposition layer of the substrate after electroplating is flat and uniform, and the electroplating uniformity of the entire board is high, which reduces the difficulty of the subsequent CMP process.
本申请第七方面提供一种电子基板,包括基底层和设置在所述基底层上的金属层,所述金属层采用本申请实施例第三方面所述的组合物电镀形成,或采用第五方面所述的方法形成。The seventh aspect of the present application provides an electronic substrate, including a base layer and a metal layer disposed on the base layer. The metal layer is formed by electroplating the composition described in the third aspect of the embodiment of the present application, or using the fifth aspect. The method described in this aspect is formed.
本申请实施方式中,所述金属层包括铜或铜合金层、镍或镍合金层、锡或锡合金层、钴或钴合金层、钌或钌合金层、银或银合金层、电镀金及金合金中的任意一种。In the embodiment of the present application, the metal layer includes copper or copper alloy layer, nickel or nickel alloy layer, tin or tin alloy layer, cobalt or cobalt alloy layer, ruthenium or ruthenium alloy layer, silver or silver alloy layer, electroplated gold and Any of the gold alloys.
本申请实施方式中,所述基底层包括衬底和介质层,所述介质层中设有孔槽,所述金属层包括填充所述孔槽的孔内填充层。In the embodiment of the present application, the base layer includes a substrate and a dielectric layer, the dielectric layer is provided with holes, and the metal layer includes an in-hole filling layer that fills the holes.
本申请实施例还提供一种电子装置,所述电子装置包括本申请实施例第六方面所述的电子基板。
An embodiment of the present application further provides an electronic device, which includes the electronic substrate described in the sixth aspect of the embodiment of the present application.
图1是半导体工艺中铜互联层的形成过程示意图。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the formation process of copper interconnection layers in semiconductor processes.
图2是具有多层铜互联层的基板的结构示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a substrate with multiple copper interconnect layers.
图3a是现有电镀铜填充孔槽形成空洞缺陷的示意图。Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of void defects formed by filling holes in conventional electroplating copper.
图3b是现有电镀铜填充孔槽形成孔隙缺陷的示意图。Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of pore defects formed by filling holes in conventional electroplating copper.
图3c是现有电镀铜填充孔槽形成不平坦铜层的示意图。Figure 3c is a schematic diagram of existing electroplated copper filling holes to form an uneven copper layer.
图4是本申请实施例提供的电镀装置的示意图。Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an electroplating device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的电子基板的结构示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic substrate provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6a、图6b为对比例1电镀后的芯片样品在不同放大倍数下的截面电镜照片。Figures 6a and 6b are cross-sectional electron microscopy photos of the electroplated chip sample in Comparative Example 1 at different magnifications.
图6c为对比例1电镀后的光片表面的原子力显微镜照片。Figure 6c is an atomic force microscope photo of the surface of the light sheet after electroplating in Comparative Example 1.
图7a、图7b为本申请实施例1电镀后的芯片样品在不同放大倍数下的截面电镜照片。Figures 7a and 7b are cross-sectional electron micrographs at different magnifications of the electroplated chip sample in Example 1 of the present application.
图7c为实施1电镀后的光片表面的原子力显微镜照片。Figure 7c is an atomic force microscope photo of the surface of the light sheet after electroplating 1.
图8a、图8b为本申请实施例2电镀后的芯片样品在不同放大倍数下的截面电镜照片。Figures 8a and 8b are cross-sectional electron microscopy photos at different magnifications of the electroplated chip sample in Example 2 of the present application.
图9a、图9b为本申请实施例3电镀后的芯片样品在不同放大倍数下的截面电镜照片。Figures 9a and 9b are cross-sectional electron microscopy photos at different magnifications of the electroplated chip sample in Example 3 of the present application.
图10为对比例2电镀后的芯片样品的截面电镜照片。Figure 10 is a cross-sectional electron microscope photo of the chip sample after electroplating in Comparative Example 2.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例进行说明。The embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
参见图1,图1是半导体工艺中铜互联层的形成过程示意图。图1中,10a为图形化的基板,图形化的基板10a包括基底10和图形化的介质层201,图形化的介质层201设有多个沟槽2。图形化的基板10a经电镀沉积铜后,介质层201的多个沟槽2得到铜填充,形成铜层202,得到电镀后基板10b,铜层202包括填充在沟槽2中的孔内填充层和覆盖在介质层201表面的表面沉积层。电镀后基板10b中,介质层201与铜层202一同构成未经CMP处理的铜互联层20’。电镀后基板10b经CMP处理去除铜层202的表面沉积层后,具体是其中的铜互联层20’经CMP处理变成经CMP处理的铜互联层20,得到CMP处理后基板10c。如图2所示,根据实际需要,还可以将CMP处理后基板10c进行进一步铜互联层的制备,例如在铜互联层20上形成铜互联层30,得到具有多层铜互联层的基板10d。Referring to Figure 1, Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the formation process of a copper interconnect layer in a semiconductor process. In FIG. 1 , 10 a is a patterned substrate. The patterned substrate 10 a includes a base 10 and a patterned dielectric layer 201 . The patterned dielectric layer 201 is provided with a plurality of trenches 2 . After copper is deposited on the patterned substrate 10a by electroplating, the plurality of trenches 2 of the dielectric layer 201 are filled with copper to form a copper layer 202, and the electroplated substrate 10b is obtained. The copper layer 202 includes a filling layer in the holes filled in the trenches 2 and a surface deposition layer covering the surface of the dielectric layer 201 . In the electroplated substrate 10b, the dielectric layer 201 and the copper layer 202 together form a copper interconnection layer 20' that has not been processed by CMP. After the electroplated substrate 10b is processed by CMP to remove the surface deposited layer of the copper layer 202, specifically, the copper interconnection layer 20' is transformed into the CMP-processed copper interconnection layer 20, thereby obtaining the CMP-processed substrate 10c. As shown in Figure 2, according to actual needs, the CMP-treated substrate 10c can also be further prepared for copper interconnection layers, for example, a copper interconnection layer 30 is formed on the copper interconnection layer 20 to obtain a substrate 10d with multiple copper interconnection layers.
为了提高铜互联层的可靠性,以图1带单层铜互联层的基板为例,铜互联层20的理想情况应如图1的电镀后基板10b所示,沟槽2中的孔内填充层无孔洞、缝隙等缺陷;为了便于进行CMP处理工艺,电镀沉积铜后,形成的铜层202中表面沉积层应如图1的10b所示,高密度互连图形区域与低密度互联图形区域的铜互联层的厚度差异小,整个铜层202的表面较平坦。其中,“高密度互连图形区域”是指互联层的互联图形(如孔槽)设置密度(包括孔槽数量或所有孔槽面积占比)相对较高的区域,“低密度互联图形区域”是指互联层的互联图形(如孔槽)设置密度相对较低的区域。In order to improve the reliability of the copper interconnection layer, taking the substrate with a single-layer copper interconnection layer in Figure 1 as an example, the ideal situation of the copper interconnection layer 20 should be as shown in the electroplated substrate 10b in Figure 1, with the holes in trench 2 filled The layer has no holes, gaps and other defects; in order to facilitate the CMP process, after electroplating and depositing copper, the surface deposition layer of the copper layer 202 formed should be as shown in 10b of Figure 1, the high-density interconnection pattern area and the low-density interconnection pattern area. The thickness difference of the copper interconnection layers is small, and the surface of the entire copper layer 202 is relatively flat. Among them, the "high-density interconnection pattern area" refers to the area where the density of interconnection patterns (such as holes and slots) of the interconnection layer (including the number of holes and slots or the area ratio of all holes and slots) is relatively high, and the "low-density interconnection pattern area" It refers to the area where the density of interconnection patterns (such as holes and slots) in the interconnection layer is relatively low.
然而,在电镀铜填充孔槽时,目前的电镀液配方难以保证形成表面平整度高且无缺陷的铜互联层,易出现如下图3a和图3b所示的孔洞、缝隙等缺陷,或者如图3c所示的高密度互连图形区域与低密度互联图形区域的铜互联层厚度差异大的问题。图3c示出的问题可通过整平剂得到一定抑制,整平剂可辅助抑制铜沉积,能在实现无孔洞填充的同时,使镀层表面趋于平坦均匀,减小互连图形不同设置密度区域的铜沉积厚度差异,易于后续CMP工艺进行。但是,随着集成电路工艺精密度的提升,器件特征尺寸的不断减小,布线设计的愈加复杂,互联结构的尺寸也越来越小,获得无缺陷高平整度的铜互联层的难度越来越高,特别是获取表面平整度度的铜互联层更高,因此对填充小尺寸沟槽所用电镀液配方的要求也越来越严格。However, when electroplating copper to fill the slots, the current plating solution formula cannot ensure the formation of a copper interconnect layer with high surface flatness and no defects. It is prone to defects such as holes and gaps as shown in Figure 3a and Figure 3b below, or as shown in Figure 3a and 3b. The problem shown in 3c is that the thickness of the copper interconnection layer is significantly different between the high-density interconnection pattern area and the low-density interconnection pattern area. The problem shown in Figure 3c can be suppressed to a certain extent by leveling agents. Leveling agents can assist in inhibiting copper deposition. While achieving hole-free filling, the surface of the plating layer tends to be flat and uniform, and the areas with different density areas of interconnect patterns can be reduced. The difference in copper deposition thickness makes it easy to carry out the subsequent CMP process. However, with the improvement of the precision of integrated circuit processes, the feature sizes of devices continue to decrease, wiring designs become more complex, and the size of interconnect structures becomes smaller and smaller. It is increasingly difficult to obtain defect-free and high-flatness copper interconnect layers. The higher, especially the copper interconnect layer to obtain surface flatness, so the requirements for the plating solution formulation used to fill small-sized trenches are becoming more and more stringent.
为了实现小尺寸沟槽的无缺陷填充,且减小高密度互连图形区域与低密度互联图形区域铜互联层的厚度差异,使镀层表面更加平坦均匀,降低后续CMP工艺难度,以实现表面平整度高的无缺陷填充,本申请实施例提供了一种电镀液用整平剂,该整平剂能利于实现小尺寸孔槽(包括沟槽和导通孔)的高平整度无缺陷填充。In order to achieve defect-free filling of small-sized trenches and reduce the thickness difference of the copper interconnect layer between the high-density interconnection pattern area and the low-density interconnection pattern area, make the plating surface flatter and more uniform, and reduce the difficulty of the subsequent CMP process to achieve a smooth surface. High-precision, defect-free filling. Embodiments of the present application provide a leveling agent for electroplating solutions, which can facilitate high-flatness, defect-free filling of small-sized holes (including trenches and via holes).
本申请实施例提供的整平剂,可作为添加剂加入基础电镀液中,构成用于金属电镀的电镀组合物。该整平剂包括聚酰胺类物质,所述聚酰胺类物质包括式(Ⅰ)所示的重复单元,或式(I)所示重复单元的质子化或N-季铵化产物:
The leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application can be added as an additive to the basic electroplating solution to form an electroplating composition for metal electroplating. The leveling agent includes polyamide substances, and the polyamide substances include repeating units represented by formula (I), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (I):
The leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application can be added as an additive to the basic electroplating solution to form an electroplating composition for metal electroplating. The leveling agent includes polyamide substances, and the polyamide substances include repeating units represented by formula (I), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (I):
其中,R选自氢原子、取代或未取代的烷基,A1和A2独立地含有位于式(Ⅰ)所示重复单元主链上的叔胺氮原子。Among them, R is selected from a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and A 1 and A 2 independently contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the repeating unit shown in formula (I).
本申请实施例提供的上述整平剂具体可以是重复单元主链上含叔胺氮原子的聚酰胺物质或其重复单元经部分或完全质子化、N-季铵化获得的聚酰胺衍生物,将该整平剂加入到电镀组合物中,用于集成电路制造等半导体制造工艺中孔槽的电镀金属填充时,可以借助其叔胺氮原子在酸性电镀组合物中质子化呈现出的正电性,使该整平剂对电镀阴极—待电镀的基板具有较高的电化学吸附能力,在一定程度上地抑制金属的过度沉积,能在保证较小尺寸的孔槽内金属无缺陷填充的情况下,其更易在镀层表面的凸起位置优先吸附并较好抑制电镀金属沉积,使得凸起位置的电镀速率变慢,减小不同密度的布线区域的电镀金属层的厚度差异,有效降低镀层表面的平台起伏,从而获得较好的平坦化效果,利于后续CMP工艺的进行,保证CMP处理后镀层的电连接可靠性。此外,本申请实施例的整平剂中,聚酰胺类物质的重复单元的主链上A1和A2中均含有叔胺氮原子,这样更利于保证处于电镀组合物中的该整平剂的电荷分布更均匀,便于平衡高且稳定的电化学吸附能力,且该整平剂的结构稳定性高,可使所得镀层中夹杂的杂质含量低,提高镀层可靠性。The above-mentioned leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application can specifically be a polyamide material containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms in the main chain of the repeating unit or a polyamide derivative obtained by partial or complete protonation or N-quaternization of the repeating unit. When the leveling agent is added to the electroplating composition and used for electroplating metal filling of holes in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as integrated circuit manufacturing, it can use the positive charge generated by the protonation of its tertiary amine nitrogen atoms in the acidic electroplating composition. The leveling agent has a high electrochemical adsorption capacity for the electroplating cathode and the substrate to be electroplated, inhibits excessive deposition of metal to a certain extent, and can ensure defect-free filling of metal in smaller holes. Under such circumstances, it is easier to preferentially adsorb on the raised positions on the plating surface and better suppress the deposition of electroplated metal, which slows down the plating rate at the raised positions, reduces the thickness difference of the electroplated metal layer in wiring areas with different densities, and effectively reduces the plating layer The platform on the surface is undulating, thereby achieving better planarization effect, which is beneficial to the subsequent CMP process and ensures the electrical connection reliability of the coating after CMP treatment. In addition, in the leveling agent of the embodiment of the present application, A1 and A2 on the main chain of the repeating unit of the polyamide substance both contain tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, which is more conducive to ensuring that the leveling agent is in the electroplating composition. The charge distribution is more uniform, which facilitates the balance of high and stable electrochemical adsorption capacity, and the leveling agent has high structural stability, which can reduce the impurity content in the resulting coating and improve the reliability of the coating.
其中,上述聚酰胺类物质包括式(I)所示重复单元的质子化或N-季铵化产物时,具体是指包括式(I)所示重复单元的完全或部分的质子化或N-季铵化获得的产物,此时的聚酰胺类物质也即聚酰胺衍生物。该衍生物具体是指式(Ⅰ)所示酰胺重复单元中通过其中的叔胺氮原子(即,A1和A2的叔胺氮原子,并不限于仅是位于式(Ⅰ)所示酰胺重复单元主链上的叔胺氮原子)的完全或部分的质子化、N-季铵化获得的衍生物。可以理解地,该聚合物衍生物的重复单元中,A1和A2上仍保留上述氮单子。其中,式(Ⅰ)所示酰胺重复单元的质子化通常是在酸性介质(如硫酸)中实现,N-季铵化可通过其他物质进一步改性实现。Wherein, when the above-mentioned polyamide material includes the protonated or N-quaternized product of the repeating unit represented by formula (I), it specifically refers to the complete or partial protonated or N-quaternized product of the repeating unit represented by formula (I). The product obtained by quaternization, the polyamide material at this time is also a polyamide derivative. The derivative specifically refers to the tertiary amine nitrogen atoms (i.e., the tertiary amine nitrogen atoms of A 1 and A 2 ) in the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I), and is not limited to the tertiary amine nitrogen atoms located in the amide represented by formula (I). Derivatives obtained by complete or partial protonation and N-quaternization of the tertiary amine nitrogen atoms on the main chain of the repeating unit. It can be understood that in the repeating units of the polymer derivative, the above-mentioned nitrogen monomers are still retained on A1 and A2 . Among them, the protonation of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I) is usually achieved in an acidic medium (such as sulfuric acid), and N-quaternization can be achieved by further modification with other substances.
上述R中,取代或未取代的烷基可以是取代或未取代的C1-C20烷基,即取代或未取代的烷基的碳原子数可以是1-20,例如具体是1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、12、15、17、18或19等,在一些实施方式中,取代或未取代的烷基的碳原子数可以是1-10,进一步可以是1-6。其中,取代的烷基中的取代基包括芳基、羟基、烷氧基等中的一种或者多种,一般不包括含氮原子的取代基。在一些实施例中,R可以是氢(H)、甲基(-CH3)、乙基(-CH2CH3)、苄基(-CH2Ph,其中,Ph代表苯环)或羟乙基(-CH2CH2OH)等。In the above R, the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group may be a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl group, that is, the number of carbon atoms of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group may be 1-20, for example, specifically 1, 2 , 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 17, 18 or 19, etc. In some embodiments, the number of carbon atoms of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group may be 1-10 , further it can be 1-6. Among them, the substituents in the substituted alkyl group include one or more of aryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, etc., and generally do not include substituents containing nitrogen atoms. In some embodiments, R can be hydrogen (H), methyl (-CH 3 ), ethyl (-CH 2 CH 3 ), benzyl (-CH 2 Ph, where Ph represents a benzene ring) or hydroxyethyl group (-CH 2 CH 2 OH), etc.
本申请实施方式中,A1和A2可以独立地含有1-5个如式(i)所示的叔胺结构:
In the embodiment of the present application, A 1 and A 2 may independently contain 1-5 tertiary amine structures as shown in formula (i):
In the embodiment of the present application, A 1 and A 2 may independently contain 1-5 tertiary amine structures as shown in formula (i):
其中,R1、R2独立地选自直连单键,亚烷基,或者含醚氧原子(-O-)、带氮原子连接基团中至少一种的亚烷基;R3选自烷基,芳烷基,羟烷基,或者含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基;*标记的位置代表与式(Ⅰ)所示重复单元的主链的连接位置。Among them, R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from a direct single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom (-O-) and a connecting group with a nitrogen atom; R 3 is selected from Alkyl, aralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms; the position marked * represents the connection to the main chain of the repeating unit represented by formula (I) Location.
其中,式(i)中,当R1、R2为直连单键时,式(i)具体为-NR3-。R1、R2独立地选自亚烷基,或者含醚氧原子、带氮原子连接基团中至少一种的亚烷基时,亚烷基的碳原子数可以是1-20,例如是1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、19、20,此时的R1、R2可以是直链状或支链状。在一些实施方式中,R1、R2独立地选自C1-C10亚烷基,或者含醚氧原子、带氮原子连接基团中至少一种的C1-C10亚烷基;在另一些实施方式中,R1、R2独立地选自C1-C6亚烷基,或者含醚氧原子、带氮原子连接基团中至少一种的C1-C6亚烷基。其中,亚烷基中可以含有至少一个醚氧原子,或者含有至少一个带氮原子的连接基团,或者含有至少一个醚氧原子和至少一个带氮原子连接基团。其中,带氮原子连接基团具体可以-NR”-,R”为氢原子,或者取代或未取代的烷基,其中,当R”为取代或未取代的烷基,该连接基团具体是含叔胺氮原子的连接基团,当R”为氢原子时,该连接基团是含仲胺氮原子的连接基团(-NH-)。此外,亚烷基,含醚氧原子、带氮原子连接基团中至少一种的亚烷基可以是取代或未取代的,当是取代型时,其上的取代基可以是烷氧基、羟基、叔胺基等中的一种或多种。Among them, in formula (i), when R 1 and R 2 are directly connected single bonds, formula (i) is specifically -NR 3 -. When R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom and a linking group with a nitrogen atom, the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group may be 1-20, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. At this time, R 1 and R 2 can be Straight chain or branched chain. In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from a C 1 -C 10 alkylene group, or a C 1 -C 10 alkylene group containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom-bearing connecting group; In other embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkylene, or C 1 -C 6 alkylene containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom connecting group. . Wherein, the alkylene group may contain at least one ether oxygen atom, or at least one connecting group with nitrogen atom, or at least one ether oxygen atom and at least one connecting group with nitrogen atom. Wherein, the linking group with nitrogen atom can specifically be -NR"-, R" is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, wherein, when R" is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, the linking group is specifically A linking group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom. When R” is a hydrogen atom, the linking group is a linking group containing a secondary amine nitrogen atom (-NH-). In addition, the alkylene group, the alkylene group containing at least one of the ether oxygen atom and the nitrogen atom connecting group can be substituted or unsubstituted. When it is substituted, the substituent on it can be an alkoxy group, One or more of hydroxyl group, tertiary amino group, etc.
R3中,烷基的碳原子数可以是1-20,例如具体是1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13、14、
15、16、17、18、19或20,在一些实施方式中,烷基的碳原子数可以是1-10,进一步可以是1-6。烷基可以是直链状、支链状或环状,并以直链状或支链状为优,以便上述整平剂在电镀液中具有良好的溶解性。示例性的烷基可以是直链状的-CH2CH3、支链状的-CH(CH3)(CH3),环状的环己烷基。类似地,羟烷基(被羟基(-OH)取代的烷基)的碳原子数可以是1-20、1-10或1-6等,可以是直链状或支链状。示例性的羟烷基可以是-CH2CH2OH、-CH2CH(OH)-CH3等。较少碳原子数的烷基或羟烷基有助于提升上述整平剂在水系溶液中的溶解度。In R 3 , the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group may be 1-20, for example, specifically 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20. In some embodiments, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group may be 1-10, and further may be 1-6. The alkyl group can be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, so that the above-mentioned leveling agent has good solubility in the electroplating solution. Exemplary alkyl groups may be linear -CH 2 CH 3 , branched -CH(CH 3 )(CH 3 ), or cyclic cyclohexyl. Similarly, the number of carbon atoms of the hydroxyalkyl group (alkyl group substituted by hydroxyl group (-OH)) may be 1-20, 1-10 or 1-6, etc., and may be linear or branched. Exemplary hydroxyalkyl groups may be -CH2CH2OH , -CH2CH (OH) -CH3 , etc. An alkyl group or hydroxyalkyl group with a smaller number of carbon atoms can help improve the solubility of the above-mentioned leveler in aqueous solutions.
芳烷基是指被取代或未取代的芳基所取代的烷基,这里芳基的碳原子数可以是6-30,例如6-15,甚至6-10,被取代的烷基的碳原子,如上所述,可以是1-20,例如为1-10等。示例性的芳烷基可以是苄基(-CH2-Ph)。Aralkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted by a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, where the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group can be 6-30, such as 6-15, or even 6-10, and the carbon atoms of the substituted alkyl group , as mentioned above, it can be 1-20, for example, 1-10, etc. An exemplary aralkyl group may be benzyl ( -CH2 -Ph).
R3中,含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基中,可以具体含有一个或多个醚氧原子,或者含有一个或多个叔胺氮原子,或者含有一个或多个醚氧原子及一个或多个叔胺氮原子。醚氧原子、叔胺氮原子在烷基中可以是以链状形式存在,或者以环状形式存在,它们具体可以嵌入烷基的分子链中作为连接基团,或者构成杂环取代基来取代烷基。示例性地,含有一个叔胺氮原子的烷基可以是链状的-CH2CH2-N(CH3)(CH3),或含有一个醚氧原子的烷基可以是链状的-CH2CH2-O-CH2CH3或此外,含醚氧原子的烷基、含醚氧原子的羟烷基的碳原子数可以是1-20、1-10或1-6等。In R 3 , the alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms may specifically contain one or more ether oxygen atoms, or one or more tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, or one or Multiple ether oxygen atoms and one or more tertiary amine nitrogen atoms. Ether oxygen atoms and tertiary amine nitrogen atoms can exist in chain form or cyclic form in the alkyl group. Specifically, they can be embedded in the molecular chain of the alkyl group as a connecting group, or they can be substituted by forming a heterocyclic substituent. alkyl. Illustratively, an alkyl group containing one tertiary amine nitrogen atom can be chain -CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 3 )(CH 3 ), or Alkyl groups containing one ether oxygen atom can be chain-CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 3 or In addition, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom and the hydroxyalkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom may be 1-20, 1-10, 1-6, etc.
本申请一些实施方式中,上述A2可以表示为-R1-NR3-R2-或者-R1
1-NR3
1-R2
1-NR3
2-R1
2,其中,R1、R2、R1
1、R1
2独立地选自亚烷基,例如是直链或支链状的C1-C6亚烷基;R2
1可以选自亚烷基或者含叔胺氮原子的亚烷基,例如直链状或支链状的C1-C6亚烷基或者含叔胺氮原子的链状C1-C6亚烷基,在一些实施方式中,R2
1为直链状的C1-C6亚烷基,优选是直链状的C2-C6亚烷基。其中,R1、R2、R1
1、R1
2为碳链适当的亚烷基时,带A2的胺类物质更易获得,并较易在待电镀基板上吸附;R2
1的亚烷基在适当长的范围内,利于-NR3
1-、-NR3
2-保持结构稳定,且对相对更高密度布线区的电镀金属层的整平性会变好。In some embodiments of the present application, the above-mentioned A 2 can be expressed as -R 1 -NR 3 -R 2 -or -R 1 1 -NR 3 1 -R 2 1 -NR 3 2 -R 1 2 , where, R 1 , R 2 , R 1 1 , and R 1 2 are independently selected from alkylene groups, such as linear or branched C 1 -C 6 alkylene groups; R 2 1 can be selected from alkylene groups or tertiary amine nitrogen-containing groups. Atom alkylene, such as linear or branched C 1 -C 6 alkylene or chain C 1 -C 6 alkylene containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, in some embodiments, R 2 1 It is a linear C 1 -C 6 alkylene group, preferably a linear C 2 -C 6 alkylene group. Among them, when R 1 , R 2 , R 1 1 , and R 1 2 are alkylene groups with appropriate carbon chains, amines with A 2 are easier to obtain and are easier to adsorb on the substrate to be electroplated; The alkyl group within an appropriately long range is beneficial to -NR 3 1 - and -NR 3 2 - maintaining structural stability, and the flatness of the electroplated metal layer in relatively higher-density wiring areas will be improved.
此外,R3
1、R3
2的选择范围可参见前文对R3的描述。式(Ⅰ)所示的重复单元中,A2含有位于该重复单元主链上的叔胺氮原子,这样可以帮助上述整平剂具有更高的电化学吸附能力,并有助于平衡其在酸性电镀液中的电荷分布,更好地起到抑制金属过度沉积的效果,减小不同密度的布线区域电镀金属层的厚度差异,获得更好的平坦化效果。In addition, the selection range of R 3 1 and R 3 2 can refer to the previous description of R 3 . In the repeating unit shown in formula (I), A 2 contains a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the repeating unit, which can help the above-mentioned leveler have higher electrochemical adsorption capacity and help balance its The charge distribution in the acidic plating solution can better inhibit excessive metal deposition, reduce the thickness difference of the electroplated metal layer in wiring areas with different densities, and achieve better planarization effect.
在一些实施方式中,A2可表示为-(CH2)a-NR3-(CH2)a-或-(CH2)a-NR3
1-(CH2)b-NR3
2-(CH2)a-,其中,a、b独立地为大于或等于1的整数,例如为1-6的整数;R3、R3
1、R3
2独立地选自烷基,羟烷基,或者含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基,并以C1-C6亚烷基或C1-C6羟烷基较为常见。示例性地,a为1或2,b为2或3。In some embodiments, A 2 can be represented as -(CH 2 ) a -NR 3 -(CH 2 ) a - or -(CH 2 ) a -NR 3 1 -(CH 2 ) b -NR 3 2 -( CH 2 ) a -, wherein a and b are independently an integer greater than or equal to 1, such as an integer from 1 to 6; R 3 , R 3 1 , R 3 2 are independently selected from alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, Or an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, and C 1 -C 6 alkylene or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl groups are more common. For example, a is 1 or 2, and b is 2 or 3.
在一些实施例中,A2具体可以是-CH2-N(CH3)-CH2-、-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-、-CH2-N(CH2CH3)-CH2-、-CH2-N(CH2CH2OH)-CH2-、-CH2-N(CH3)-(CH2)2~3-N(CH3)-CH2-、-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-(CH2)2~3-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-。其中,2~3代表2或3。In some embodiments, A 2 can specifically be -CH 2 -N(CH 3 )-CH 2 -, -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -, -CH 2 -N (CH 2 CH 3 )-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -N(CH 2 CH 2 OH)-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2~3 -N(CH 3 )-CH 2 -, -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2~3 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -. Among them, 2 to 3 represent 2 or 3.
本申请一些实施方式中,上述A1可以表示为-NR3-或者-NR3’-R’-NR3’-,其中,R’选自亚烷基或间隔含有叔胺氮原子的亚烷基;-NR3’-R’-NR3’-中的两个R3’可以为相同的基团,以使上述聚酰胺类物质更易获得,R3’的选择范围可参见前文对R3的描述。换句话说,R3、R3’独立地选自烷基、芳烷基、羟烷基,或者含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基。在一些实施方式中,R3选自烷基、羟烷基、含醚氧原子的烷基、含叔胺氮原子的烷基或含醚氧原子的羟烷基等;R3’选自烷基或芳烷基。In some embodiments of the present application, the above-mentioned A 1 can be expressed as -NR 3 - or -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-, wherein R' is selected from an alkylene group or an alkylene group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom. group; the two R 3 's in -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '- can be the same group to make the above polyamide materials easier to obtain. The selection range of R 3 ' can be found in the previous discussion of R 3 description of. In other words, R 3 and R 3 ' are independently selected from alkyl, aralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms. In some embodiments, R 3 is selected from an alkyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom, an alkyl group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom, or a hydroxyalkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom, etc.; R 3 ' is selected from an alkyl group. base or aralkyl group.
在一些实施方式中,A1为-NR3-,即,A1含有1个可连接在式(Ⅰ)所示酰胺重复单元主链上的如式(i)所示的叔胺结构。当然,R3上也可以含有至少一个叔胺氮原子,只是这样的叔胺氮原子并不位于式(Ⅰ)所示酰胺重复单元的主链上。具体地,R3可以是甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基(-CH(CH3)CH3))、环烷基、羟乙基(-CH2CH2OH)、羟正丙基(-CH2CH2CH2OH)、-CH2-CH(OH)CH3、-CH2CH2-O-CH2CH2OH、-CH2CH2-O-CH2CH3、-(CH2)2-N(CH3)2、
-(CH2)2-N(CH2CH3)2、-(CH2)3-N(CH3)2、优选地,在A1为-NR3-时,这里的R3优选为直链或支链状的烷基、直链或支链状的羟烷基、含醚氧原子的直链或支链状烷基、含叔胺氮原子的直链或支链状烷基或含醚氧原子的链状羟烷基。In some embodiments, A 1 is -NR 3 -, that is, A 1 contains a tertiary amine structure represented by formula (i) that can be connected to the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I). Of course, R 3 may also contain at least one tertiary amine nitrogen atom, but such tertiary amine nitrogen atom is not located on the main chain of the amide repeating unit shown in formula (I). Specifically, R 3 can be methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl (-CH(CH 3 )CH 3 )), cycloalkyl, hydroxyethyl (-CH 2 CH 2 OH), hydroxy-n-propyl Propyl (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH), -CH 2 -CH(OH)CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 3 , -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 ) 2 , Preferably, when A 1 is -NR 3 -, R 3 here is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, a linear or branched hydroxyalkyl group, a linear or branched chain containing an ether oxygen atom alkyl group, linear or branched chain alkyl group containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms or chain hydroxyalkyl group containing ether oxygen atoms.
对于可表示为-NR3’-R’-NR3’-的A1,在一些实施方式中,R’为间隔含有叔胺氮原子的亚烷基,其可表示为-[D1-NR3”]c-D2-,其中,D1、D2、R3”独立地选自亚烷基,例如C1-C6亚烷基;c为大于或等于1的整数,且c大于1时,各D1或各R3”相同或不同。示例性地,此种情况下的A1可以是-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-、-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-或-N(CH3)-(CH2)3-N(CH3)-(CH2)3-N(CH3)-。For A 1 which can be represented as -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-, in some embodiments, R' is an alkylene group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in between, which can be represented as -[D 1 -NR 3 ″] c -D 2 -, wherein D 1 , D 2 , R 3 ″ are independently selected from alkylene, such as C 1 -C 6 alkylene; c is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and c is greater than When 1, each D 1 or each R 3 ″ is the same or different. For example, A 1 in this case can be -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-, -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-or-N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 )-.
此外,对可表示为-NR3’-R’-NR3’-的A1,当R’为亚烷基时,可具体是C1-C6亚烷基,例如C2-C4亚烷基。此种情况下的A1可具体是-N(CH3)-(CH2)2~3-N(CH3)-、-N(CH2CH3)-(CH2)2~3-N(CH2CH3)-、-N(CH2Ph)-(CH2)2-N(CH2Ph)-等。In addition, for A 1 which can be expressed as -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-, when R' is an alkylene group, it can specifically be a C 1 -C 6 alkylene group, such as a C 2 -C 4 alkylene group. alkyl. A 1 in this case can be specifically -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2~3 -N(CH 3 )-, -N(CH 2 CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2~3 -N (CH 2 CH 3 )-, -N(CH 2 Ph)-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 2 Ph)-, etc.
本申请实施方式中,上述聚酰胺类物质中可以包括2-200个如上述式(Ⅰ)所示的酰胺重复单元或其完全或部分的质子化或N-季铵化产物,在一些实施方式中,可以包括2-50个如上述式(Ⅰ)所示的酰胺重复单元或其完全或部分的质子化或N-季铵化产物。其中,控制式(Ⅰ)所示重复单元或其质子化或N-季铵化产物的个数在适量范围,有助于聚酰胺类物质兼顾在电镀液中良好的溶解度和整平效果。可以理解地,以聚酰胺来说,其可以包括如式(Ⅰ)所示的一种重复单元,或者包括如式(Ⅰ)所示的多种不同结构的重复单元。In the embodiments of the present application, the above-mentioned polyamide substances may include 2-200 amide repeating units as shown in the above formula (I) or their complete or partial protonation or N-quaternization products. In some embodiments may include 2 to 50 amide repeating units as shown in the above formula (I) or their complete or partial protonation or N-quaternization products. Among them, controlling the number of repeating units represented by formula (I) or their protonated or N-quaternized products within an appropriate range helps the polyamide material to achieve both good solubility and leveling effect in the electroplating solution. It can be understood that, in the case of polyamide, it may include one repeating unit as shown in formula (I), or may include repeating units with multiple different structures as shown in formula (I).
本申请中,上述式(Ⅰ)所示的酰胺重复单元,可对应衍生自分子结构内含有叔胺氮原子的脂肪族二胺(如式(A)所示)和分子结构内含有叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯(如式(B)所示)的酰胺重复单元。此时,上述聚酰胺类物质的制备方程式可以表示为:
In this application, the amide repeating unit represented by the above formula (I) can correspond to an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure (as shown in formula (A)) and an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure. The amide repeating unit of the dicarboxylic acid ester of the atom (shown in formula (B)). At this time, the preparation equation of the above polyamide material can be expressed as:
In this application, the amide repeating unit represented by the above formula (I) can correspond to an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure (as shown in formula (A)) and an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure. The amide repeating unit of the dicarboxylic acid ester of the atom (shown in formula (B)). At this time, the preparation equation of the above polyamide material can be expressed as:
本申请一些实施方式中,所述聚酰胺类物质还包括式(Ⅱ)所示的酰胺重复单元,或式(Ⅱ)所示酰胺重复单元的全部或部分的质子化或N-季铵化产物:
In some embodiments of the present application, the polyamide material also includes amide repeating units represented by formula (II), or all or part of the protonated or N-quaternized products of the amide repeating units represented by formula (II) :
In some embodiments of the present application, the polyamide material also includes amide repeating units represented by formula (II), or all or part of the protonated or N-quaternized products of the amide repeating units represented by formula (II) :
其中,A3不同于前述A2,A3不含叔胺氮原子,A3可以包括直连键、亚烷基、或者含醚氧原子的亚烷基。Among them, A 3 is different from the aforementioned A 2 in that A 3 does not contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom, and A 3 may include a direct bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom.
式(Ⅱ)所示的酰胺重复单元,可对应衍生自分子结构内不含叔胺氮原子的另外二胺(如下式(C)所示)和分子结构内含有叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯(如式(B)所示)的酰胺重复单元。此时,上述聚酰胺类物质的制备方程式可以表示为:
The amide repeating unit represented by formula (II) can correspond to another diamine (shown in the following formula (C)) that does not contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure and a dicarboxylic acid containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure. Amide repeating units of esters (shown in formula (B)). At this time, the preparation equation of the above polyamide material can be expressed as:
The amide repeating unit represented by formula (II) can correspond to another diamine (shown in the following formula (C)) that does not contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure and a dicarboxylic acid containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in the molecular structure. Amide repeating units of esters (shown in formula (B)). At this time, the preparation equation of the above polyamide material can be expressed as:
当上述A3为亚烷基时,其碳原子数可以为1-20、1-10或1-6等,例如具体为1、2、3、4或5等。When the above-mentioned A 3 is an alkylene group, its carbon number may be 1-20, 1-10 or 1-6, etc., for example, specifically 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, etc.
在一些实施方式中,A3为含醚氧原子的亚烷基,具体可以是含一个或多个醚氧原子的亚烷基。其中,含醚氧原子的亚烷基可表示为-(R4-O)x-R5-,R4、R5为相同或不同的亚烷基,x为大于或等于1的整数,且x大于1时,各R4为相同或不同的亚烷基。各R4或R5具体可以是碳原子数为1-10的亚烷基,如碳原子数为1-60的亚烷基,例如是亚甲基、亚乙基、亚丙基、亚异丙基、亚正丁基等。在一些实施例中,x为1-10的整数,例如为1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或10。A3链较长,带式(Ⅱ)所示重复单元的聚酰胺类物质对电镀金属的抑制效果越强,在相对更高密度布线区的整平性会变好。可根据应用场景中的布线密度来选择不同的A3链长。In some embodiments, A 3 is an alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom, specifically, it may be an alkylene group containing one or more ether oxygen atoms. Among them, the alkylene group containing ether oxygen atoms can be expressed as -(R 4 -O) x -R 5 -, R 4 and R 5 are the same or different alkylene groups, x is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and When x is greater than 1, each R 4 is the same or different alkylene group. Each R 4 or R 5 can specifically be an alkylene group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as an alkylene group with 1 to 60 carbon atoms, such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, isoethylene. Propyl, n-butylene, etc. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 10, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10. The longer the A3 chain, the stronger the inhibitory effect of the polyamide material with the repeating unit shown in formula (II) on electroplated metals, and the better the leveling properties in relatively higher-density wiring areas. Different A3 chain lengths can be selected according to the wiring density in the application scenario.
本申请实施方式中,上述聚酰胺类物质中可以包括不超过200个如式(Ⅱ)所示的酰胺重复单元或其质子化或N-季铵化产物,在一些实施方式中,包括不超过50个式(Ⅱ)所示的酰胺重复单元或其质子化或N-季铵化产物。其中,控制式(Ⅱ)所示重复单元的个数不过度多,可避免聚酰胺类物质在电镀液中具有良好的溶解度不会过低。本申请一些实施方式中,聚酰胺中,式(Ⅱ)所示酰胺重复单元的摩尔数是式(Ⅰ)所示酰胺重复单元的为1/5-5。In the embodiments of the present application, the above-mentioned polyamide substances may include no more than 200 amide repeating units represented by formula (II) or their protonated or N-quaternized products. In some embodiments, they may include no more than 50 amide repeating units represented by formula (II) or their protonated or N-quaternized products. Among them, the number of repeating units shown in the formula (II) is controlled not to be too large, so as to prevent the polyamide material from having a good solubility in the electroplating solution from being too low. In some embodiments of the present application, in the polyamide, the number of moles of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (II) is 1/5-5 of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I).
相应地,本申请实施例还提供了一种整平剂的制备方法,包括:Correspondingly, the embodiments of the present application also provide a method for preparing a leveling agent, including:
(1)将带至少一个伯氨基(-NH2)或至少两个亚氨基(即-NH-)的胺类物质与丙烯酸酯进行迈克尔加成反应,得到式(A)所示的含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质;(1) Perform Michael addition reaction of amines with at least one primary amino group (-NH 2 ) or at least two imino groups (i.e. -NH-) and acrylate to obtain tertiary amine-containing compounds represented by formula (A) Dicarboxylate substances of nitrogen atoms;
(2)将包括式(B)所示的含叔胺氮原子的脂肪族二胺的二胺类物质与式(A)所示的含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质进行酯交换缩聚反应,得到整平剂,包括聚酰胺类物质,所述聚酰胺类物质包括式(Ⅰ)所示的重复单元,或式(I)所示重复单元的质子化或N-季铵化产物,
(2) Transesterification and polycondensation of a diamine substance including an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (B) and a dicarboxylate substance containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (A) Reaction to obtain a leveling agent, including polyamide materials, the polyamide materials include repeating units represented by formula (I), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (I),
(2) Transesterification and polycondensation of a diamine substance including an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (B) and a dicarboxylate substance containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (A) Reaction to obtain a leveling agent, including polyamide materials, the polyamide materials include repeating units represented by formula (I), or protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units represented by formula (I),
式(A)中,A1含有位于式(A)所示的二羧酸酯物质主链上的叔胺氮原子,M选自取代或未取代的烷基;式(B)中,A2含有位于式(B)所示的脂肪族二胺主链上的叔胺氮原子,式(Ⅰ)中的A1和A2独立地含有位于式(Ⅰ)所示的酰胺重复单元主链上的叔胺氮原子,式(B)和式(Ⅰ)中的R选自氢原子、取代或未取代的烷基。In formula (A), A 1 contains a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the dicarboxylate material represented by formula (A), and M is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group; in formula (B), A 2 Containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms located on the main chain of the aliphatic diamine represented by formula (B), A1 and A2 in formula (I) independently contain located on the main chain of the amide repeating unit represented by formula (I) The tertiary amine nitrogen atom, R in formula (B) and formula (I) is selected from hydrogen atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups.
由上述制备过程可知,式(A)中的A1与式(I)中的A1相同,式(B)中的A2、R与式(I)中的A2、R相同,此处不再对这些基团赘述。此外,上述M可以选自取代或未取代的C1-C20烷基、或取代或未取代的C1-C6烷基,例如M可以是甲基、乙基、正丙基等。其中,当M为甲基时,丙烯酸酯具体是丙烯酸甲酯,当M为乙基时,丙烯酸酯具体是丙烯酸乙酯。It can be seen from the above preparation process that A 1 in formula (A) is the same as A 1 in formula (I), A 2 and R in formula (B) are the same as A 2 and R in formula (I), where These groups will not be described again. In addition, the above-mentioned M may be selected from substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl groups, or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups. For example, M may be methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, etc. Wherein, when M is methyl, the acrylate is specifically methyl acrylate; when M is ethyl, the acrylate is specifically ethyl acrylate.
上述整平剂的制备方法中,首先通过迈克尔加成的方法,利用含-NH2或-NH结构的胺类物质和丙烯酸酯进行反应,合成了具有叔胺结构的二羧酸酯物质,然后将该二羧酸酯物质和不同结构的二胺类物质进行酯交换缩聚反应,可以制备重复单元的A1和A2均带有叔胺结构的聚酰胺类物质。特别地,通过迈克尔加成将叔胺结构引入二羧酸酯物质,可以更加灵活地设计所得聚酰胺类物质中叔胺的结构、位置和数量,从而更好地根据不同应用场景控制整平剂分子的吸附能力。该整平剂的制备方法工艺简单,易于操作,可以得到纯度较高、产率高的聚酰胺类物质。In the preparation method of the above-mentioned leveling agent, first, through the Michael addition method, an amine substance containing a -NH 2 or -NH structure is reacted with an acrylic ester to synthesize a dicarboxylate substance with a tertiary amine structure, and then The dicarboxylate material and the diamine material with different structures are subjected to transesterification and polycondensation reaction to prepare a polyamide material in which the repeating units A1 and A2 both have tertiary amine structures. In particular, by introducing the tertiary amine structure into the dicarboxylate material through Michael addition, the structure, position and quantity of the tertiary amine in the resulting polyamide material can be designed more flexibly, thereby better controlling the leveling agent according to different application scenarios. adsorption capacity of molecules. The preparation method of the leveling agent is simple in process and easy to operate, and can obtain polyamide substances with higher purity and high yield.
步骤(1)中,所述胺类物质的分子结构中带有至少一个伯氨基(-NH2)或至少两个亚氨基(-NH-,
含有仲氨氮原子),是为了便于与含不饱和双键的丙烯酸酯至少发生两次迈克尔加成,得到分子结构主链上含至少一个叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质。其中,当所述胺类物质带有1个-NH2时,会在式(A)所得二羧酸酯物质中的主链上引入一个叔胺氮原子,当所述胺类物质带有2个-NH-时,会在式(A)所得二羧酸酯物质中的主链上引入两个叔胺氮原子。可以理解的,所述胺类物质的分子结构中也可以本身就含有叔胺氮原子,这些叔胺氮原子会引入到式(A)所得物质的侧链上。In step (1), the molecular structure of the amine substance contains at least one primary amino group (-NH 2 ) or at least two imino groups (-NH-, Containing secondary ammonia nitrogen atoms) is to facilitate at least two Michael additions with acrylates containing unsaturated double bonds to obtain dicarboxylate materials containing at least one tertiary amine nitrogen atom on the main chain of the molecular structure. Among them, when the amine substance has 1 -NH 2 , a tertiary amine nitrogen atom will be introduced into the main chain of the dicarboxylate substance obtained by formula (A). When the amine substance has 2 -NH-, two tertiary amine nitrogen atoms will be introduced into the main chain of the dicarboxylate material obtained by formula (A). It can be understood that the molecular structure of the amine substance may itself contain tertiary amine nitrogen atoms, and these tertiary amine nitrogen atoms will be introduced into the side chain of the substance obtained by formula (A).
下面以所述胺类物质是R3-NH2为例,示例制备式(A)所示物质的化学反应式:
The following takes the amine substance R 3 -NH 2 as an example to illustrate the chemical reaction formula of the substance shown in the preparation formula (A):
The following takes the amine substance R 3 -NH 2 as an example to illustrate the chemical reaction formula of the substance shown in the preparation formula (A):
下面以所述胺类物质是含2个-NH-的物质为例,示例制备式(A)所示物质的化学反应式:
The following takes the amine substance containing 2 -NH- as an example to illustrate the chemical reaction formula of the substance shown in the preparation formula (A):
The following takes the amine substance containing 2 -NH- as an example to illustrate the chemical reaction formula of the substance shown in the preparation formula (A):
上述2个反应式中,虚框部分对应式(A)中的A1。In the above two reaction formulas, the dotted frame portion corresponds to A 1 in formula (A).
其中,步骤(1)中,迈克尔加成反应的温度可以是-20℃至50℃,例如是0℃、5℃、10℃、20℃、30℃、35℃或40℃等;反应时间可以是1-24小时。此外,步骤(1)的反应可以在无溶剂条件下进行,也可以在溶剂下进行,示例性的溶剂可以是乙醚、甲醇、四氢呋喃等低沸点溶剂。Wherein, in step (1), the temperature of the Michael addition reaction can be -20°C to 50°C, such as 0°C, 5°C, 10°C, 20°C, 30°C, 35°C or 40°C, etc.; the reaction time can be It is 1-24 hours. In addition, the reaction in step (1) can be carried out under solvent-free conditions or in the presence of a solvent. Exemplary solvents can be low-boiling point solvents such as diethyl ether, methanol, and tetrahydrofuran.
本申请一些实施方式中,步骤(1)中的所述胺类物质可以选自下述物质中的一种或多种,但不限于此:甲胺(CH3NH2)、乙胺(CH3-CH2-NH2)、丙胺(CH3-CH2-CH2-NH2)、异丙基胺(CH3-CH(NH2)-CH3)、乙醇胺(OH-CH2-CH2-NH2)、2-羟基丙胺(又称“异丙醇胺”,CH3-CH(OH)-CH2-NH2)、3-羟基丙胺(OH-CH2CH2CH2-NH2)、二甘醇胺(NH2-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-OH)、2-乙氧基乙胺(NH2-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH3)、环己胺、2-四氢呋喃甲胺(如下式(a-1)所示)、1-(3-氨基丙基)吡咯烷(如下式(a-2)所示)、1-(2-氨乙基)吡咯烷(如下式(a-3)所示)、N,N-二甲基乙二胺(NH2-CH2-CH2-N(CH3)2)、N,N-二乙基乙二胺(NH2-CH2-CH2-N(CH2CH3)2)、N,N-二甲基1,3-丙二胺(NH2-(CH2)3-N(CH3)2)、N,N-双(二甲胺乙基)乙二胺(如下式(a-4)所示)、N,N-双(二乙胺乙基)乙二胺(如下式(a-5)所示)、N,N'-二甲基乙二胺(CH3-NH-(CH2)2-NH-CH3)、N,N'-二乙基乙二胺(CH3CH2-NH-(CH2)2-NH-CH2CH3)、N,N'-二甲基丙二胺(CH3-NH-(CH2)3-NH-CH3)、N,N'-二苄基乙二胺(C6H5CH2-NH-(CH2)2-NH-CH2C6H5)、N,N',N”-三甲基二乙烯三胺(如下式(a-6)所示)、N,N',N”-三甲基二丙撑三胺(如下式(a-7)所示)、N,N',N”,N”'-四甲基三乙烯四胺(如下式(a-8)所示)。
In some embodiments of the present application, the amine substance in step (1) can be selected from one or more of the following substances, but is not limited thereto: methylamine (CH 3 NH 2 ), ethylamine (CH 3 -CH 2 -NH 2 ), propylamine (CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 ), isopropylamine (CH 3 -CH(NH 2 )-CH 3 ), ethanolamine (OH-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 ), 2-hydroxypropylamine (also known as "isopropanolamine", CH 3 -CH(OH)-CH 2 -NH 2 ), 3-hydroxypropylamine (OH-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), diglycolamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -OH), 2-ethoxyethylamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 - CH 3 ), cyclohexylamine, 2-tetrahydrofuranmethylamine (shown in the following formula (a-1)), 1-(3-aminopropyl)pyrrolidine (shown in the following formula (a-2)), 1- (2-Aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (shown in the following formula (a-3)), N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -N(CH 3 ) 2 ), N ,N-diethylethylenediamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ), N,N-dimethyl 1,3-propanediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 ) 2 ), N,N-bis(dimethylamineethyl)ethylenediamine (shown in the following formula (a-4)), N,N-bis(diethylamineethyl) Ethylenediamine (shown in the following formula (a-5)), N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (CH 3 -NH-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH-CH 3 ), N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine Ethylethylenediamine (CH 3 CH 2 -NH-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH-CH 2 CH 3 ), N,N'-dimethylpropylenediamine (CH 3 -NH-(CH 2 ) 3 - NH-CH 3 ), N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine (C 6 H 5 CH 2 -NH-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH-CH 2 C 6 H 5 ), N,N',N” -Trimethyldiethylenetriamine (shown in the following formula (a-6)), N,N',N"-trimethyldipropylenetriamine (shown in the following formula (a-7)), N, N',N",N"'-tetramethyltriethylenetetramine (shown in the following formula (a-8)).
In some embodiments of the present application, the amine substance in step (1) can be selected from one or more of the following substances, but is not limited thereto: methylamine (CH 3 NH 2 ), ethylamine (CH 3 -CH 2 -NH 2 ), propylamine (CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 ), isopropylamine (CH 3 -CH(NH 2 )-CH 3 ), ethanolamine (OH-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 ), 2-hydroxypropylamine (also known as "isopropanolamine", CH 3 -CH(OH)-CH 2 -NH 2 ), 3-hydroxypropylamine (OH-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), diglycolamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -OH), 2-ethoxyethylamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 - CH 3 ), cyclohexylamine, 2-tetrahydrofuranmethylamine (shown in the following formula (a-1)), 1-(3-aminopropyl)pyrrolidine (shown in the following formula (a-2)), 1- (2-Aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (shown in the following formula (a-3)), N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -N(CH 3 ) 2 ), N ,N-diethylethylenediamine (NH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ), N,N-dimethyl 1,3-propanediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 ) 2 ), N,N-bis(dimethylamineethyl)ethylenediamine (shown in the following formula (a-4)), N,N-bis(diethylamineethyl) Ethylenediamine (shown in the following formula (a-5)), N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (CH 3 -NH-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH-CH 3 ), N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine Ethylethylenediamine (CH 3 CH 2 -NH-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH-CH 2 CH 3 ), N,N'-dimethylpropylenediamine (CH 3 -NH-(CH 2 ) 3 - NH-CH 3 ), N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine (C 6 H 5 CH 2 -NH-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH-CH 2 C 6 H 5 ), N,N',N” -Trimethyldiethylenetriamine (shown in the following formula (a-6)), N,N',N"-trimethyldipropylenetriamine (shown in the following formula (a-7)), N, N',N",N"'-tetramethyltriethylenetetramine (shown in the following formula (a-8)).
步骤(2)中,式(A)所示的含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质与式(B)所示的含叔胺氮原子的脂肪族
二胺发生酯交换缩聚反应,生成聚酰胺。其中,酯交换缩聚反应的反应温度可以是30~120℃,该反应可以在无催化剂下进行,或者在碱性催化剂存在下进行。碱性催化剂可以包括但不限于是三乙胺、1,8-二氮杂二环十一碳-7-烯、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、碳酸钠、碳酸钾等中的一种或多种。此外,在进行酯交换缩聚反应时,可以通过减压或者通氮气的手段来提高该反应的进行程度。In step (2), the dicarboxylate material containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (A) and the aliphatic aliphatic ester material containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (B) The diamine undergoes transesterification and polycondensation reaction to form polyamide. The reaction temperature of the transesterification polycondensation reaction can be 30 to 120°C, and the reaction can be carried out without a catalyst or in the presence of an alkaline catalyst. Alkaline catalysts may include, but are not limited to, triethylamine, 1,8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc. one or more of them. In addition, when carrying out transesterification and polycondensation reaction, the progress of the reaction can be improved by reducing pressure or passing nitrogen gas.
结合本申请前文的描述,可以理解的是,式(B)中的A2含有位于式(B)分子结构主链上的叔胺氮原子。Based on the previous description of this application, it can be understood that A 2 in formula (B) contains a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the molecular structure of formula (B).
其中,符合式(B)结构的脂肪族二胺可以示例如下:N,N-双(3-氨乙基)甲胺(NH2-CH2CH2-N(CH3)-CH2CH2-NH2)、N,N-双(3-氨乙基)乙胺(NH2-CH2CH2-N(CH2CH3)-CH2CH2-NH2)、N,N-双(3-氨丙基)甲胺(NH2-CH2CH2CH2-N(CH3)-CH2CH2CH2-NH2)、N,N-双(3-氨乙基)乙醇胺(NH2-CH2CH2-N(CH2CH2OH)-CH2CH2-NH2)、N,N’-双(氨乙基)-N,N’-二甲基-1,2-乙二胺(NH2-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-NH2)、N,N’-双(氨丙基)-N,N’-二甲基-1,2-乙二胺(NH2-(CH2)3-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-(CH2)3-NH2)、N,N’-双(氨丙基)-N,N’-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺(NH2-(CH2)3-N(CH3)-(CH2)3-N(CH3)-(CH2)3-NH2)、N,N’-双(氨乙基)-N,N’-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺(NH2-(CH2)2-N(CH3)-(CH2)3-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-NH2)、N,N',N”-三甲基二乙烯三胺、N,N',N”-三甲基二丙撑三胺、N,N',N”,N”'-四甲基三乙烯四胺等。Among them, the aliphatic diamine conforming to the structure of formula (B) can be exemplified as follows: N,N-bis(3-aminoethyl)methylamine (NH 2 -CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 3 )-CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), N,N-bis(3-aminoethyl)ethylamine (NH 2 -CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 2 CH 3 )-CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), N,N-bis (3-Aminopropyl)methylamine (NH 2 -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 3 )-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), N,N-bis(3-aminoethyl)ethanolamine (NH 2 -CH 2 CH 2 -N(CH 2 CH 2 OH)-CH 2 CH 2 -NH 2 ), N,N'-bis(aminoethyl)-N,N'-dimethyl-1, 2-Ethylenediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH 2 ), N,N'-bis( Aminopropyl)-N,N'-dimethyl-1,2-ethylenediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-( CH 2 ) 3 -NH 2 ), N,N'-bis(aminopropyl)-N,N'-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 3 -NH 2 ), N,N'-bis(aminoethyl)-N,N'-dimethyl-1,3- Propylenediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 3 -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH 2 ), N,N',N”-tri Methyldiethylenetriamine, N,N',N"-trimethyldipropylenetriamine, N,N',N",N"'-tetramethyltriethylenetetramine, etc.
需要说明的是,步骤(2)中,在进行酯交换缩聚反应,所采用的反应原料可以不局限于式(B)所示的含叔胺氮原子的脂肪族二胺,还可以包括其他二胺。换句话说,步骤(2)中,将包括式(B)所示的含叔胺氮原子的脂肪族二胺的二胺类物质与式(A)所示的含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质进行酯交换缩聚反应。该二胺类物质可以仅是式(B)所示脂肪族二胺,或者包括式(B)所示的脂肪族二胺及其他二胺(例如式(C)所示的不含叔胺氮原子的二胺)。其中,在酯交换缩聚反应中,二胺类物质的总摩尔量与式(A)所示的二羧酸酯物质的摩尔量之比可以是为(0.9-1.1):1。It should be noted that in step (2), during the transesterification polycondensation reaction, the reaction raw materials used may not be limited to the aliphatic diamine containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms represented by formula (B), and may also include other diamines. amine. In other words, in step (2), a diamine substance including an aliphatic diamine containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (B) and a dicarboxylic acid containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by the formula (A) are combined. Acid ester substances undergo transesterification and polycondensation reactions. The diamine substance can be only an aliphatic diamine represented by formula (B), or include an aliphatic diamine represented by formula (B) and other diamines (for example, aliphatic diamine represented by formula (C) without tertiary amine nitrogen. atoms of diamine). Wherein, in the transesterification polycondensation reaction, the ratio of the total molar amount of the diamine substance to the molar amount of the dicarboxylic acid ester substance represented by formula (A) may be (0.9-1.1):1.
其中,A3、R的选择范围可参见本申请前文所述,此处不再赘述。 Among them, the selection ranges of A 3 and R can be found in the previous sections of this application, and will not be described again here.
本申请一些实施方式中,符合式(C)结构的其他二胺可以包括以下物质中的一种或多种:乙二胺(NH2-(CH2)2-NH2)、1,3-丙二胺(NH2-(CH2)3-NH2)、1,4-丁二胺(NH2-(CH2)4-NH2)、氨基丙基醚(NH2-(CH2)3-O-(CH2)3-NH2)、3-氧杂-1,5-戊二胺(NH2-(CH2)2-O-(CH2)2-NH2)、1,8-二氨基-3,6-二氧杂辛烷(NH2-(CH2)2O-(CH2)2O-(CH2)2-NH2)、1,11-二氨基-3,6,9-三氧杂十一烷(NH2-(CH2)2O-(CH2)2O-(CH2)2O-(CH2)2-NH2)、α,ω-二氨基聚乙二醇(又称聚氧乙烯双胺)等。In some embodiments of the present application, other diamines conforming to the structure of formula (C) may include one or more of the following substances: ethylenediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 2 -NH 2 ), 1,3- Propylenediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 -NH 2 ), 1,4-butanediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 4 -NH 2 ), aminopropyl ether (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -NH 2 ), 3-oxa-1,5-pentanediamine (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 2 -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH 2 ), 1, 8-Diamino-3,6-dioxaoctane (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 2 O-(CH 2 ) 2 O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH 2 ), 1,11-diamino-3 ,6,9-Trioxaundecane (NH 2 -(CH 2 ) 2 O-(CH 2 ) 2 O-(CH 2 ) 2 O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NH 2 ), α,ω- Diamino polyethylene glycol (also known as polyoxyethylene diamine), etc.
本申请实施例还提供了一种组合物,该组合物为电镀组合物,该电镀组合物包括金属离子源和电镀添加剂,其中,电镀添加剂包括本申请实施例的上述整平剂或者采用本申请实施例上述的制备方法制得的整平剂。电镀组合物可以作为电镀沉积金属层的电镀液。The embodiment of the present application also provides a composition, which is an electroplating composition. The electroplating composition includes a metal ion source and an electroplating additive, wherein the electroplating additive includes the above-mentioned leveling agent of the embodiment of the application or adopts the method of the present application. Example: Leveling agent prepared by the above preparation method. The electroplating composition can be used as a plating solution for electroplating the deposited metal layer.
本申请实施方式中,该电镀组合物中,本申请实施例的上述整平剂的浓度为1-200ppm。在一些实施方式中,上述整平剂的浓度为1-50ppm。控制电镀组合物中的上述整平剂浓度在适合范围,有利于获得适中的金属沉积速度,更好地实现小尺寸孔槽无缺陷高平整度的整板填充,从而有利于精细线路的制作,有利于提升电子产品的可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, in the electroplating composition, the concentration of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the embodiment of the present application is 1-200 ppm. In some embodiments, the concentration of the above-mentioned leveling agent is 1-50 ppm. Controlling the concentration of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the electroplating composition within a suitable range is conducive to obtaining a moderate metal deposition speed and better achieving defect-free and high-flatness filling of the entire board in small-sized holes, thereby conducive to the production of fine circuits. It is helpful to improve the reliability of electronic products.
本申请一些实施方式中,所述电镀添加剂中还可以包括其他整平剂。其他整平剂与本申请实施例上述的整平剂不同。所述其他整平剂可以是含氮杂环(如吡啶环、咪唑环、喹啉环)的物质,或者不含氮官能团(如环氧环和/或醚氧键)的聚合物。其他整平剂可以与本申请实施例的上述整平剂共同抑制电镀金属的过度沉积,保证了较小尺寸的图形不会被提前填满,及降低镀层表面的平台起伏。In some embodiments of the present application, the electroplating additive may also include other leveling agents. Other leveling agents are different from the leveling agents described above in the embodiments of this application. The other leveling agents may be substances containing nitrogen heterocycles (such as pyridine ring, imidazole ring, quinoline ring), or polymers that do not contain nitrogen functional groups (such as epoxy rings and/or ether oxygen bonds). Other leveling agents can work with the above-mentioned leveling agents in the embodiments of the present application to inhibit excessive deposition of electroplated metal, ensuring that smaller-sized graphics will not be filled in early, and reducing the platform undulations on the surface of the plating layer.
本申请实施方式中,所述电镀添加剂还包括加速剂、抑制剂中的一种或多种。上述整平剂与加速剂、抑制剂等的相互协同配合,可以在实现较小尺寸的孔槽无缺陷填充的情况下,使电镀金属层的表面趋于平坦,在不同布线密度的区域也可实现表面镀层的厚度均匀,进而降低后续抛光工艺的技术难度。在一些实施方式中,该电镀添加剂同时包括加速剂和抑制剂。In the embodiment of the present application, the electroplating additive further includes one or more of an accelerator and an inhibitor. The synergistic cooperation of the above-mentioned leveling agents, accelerators, inhibitors, etc. can make the surface of the electroplated metal layer tend to be flat while achieving defect-free filling of smaller-sized holes, and can also be used in areas with different wiring densities. Achieve uniform thickness of surface coating, thereby reducing the technical difficulty of subsequent polishing processes. In some embodiments, the plating additive includes both an accelerator and an inhibitor.
本申请中,加速剂是指能够提高电镀组合物的电镀速率的添加剂。加速剂的分子量一般较小,可吸附在金属表面和沟槽底部,加速剂通过降低电镀反应的电化学电位和阴极极化,加快表面和沟槽底部的沉积速率,特别是利于加速沟槽底部的金属沉积,从而实现沟槽的超填充,同时还可以起到细化金属层的晶粒的作用。In this application, an accelerator refers to an additive that can increase the plating rate of the electroplating composition. The molecular weight of the accelerator is generally small and can be adsorbed on the metal surface and the bottom of the trench. The accelerator speeds up the deposition rate on the surface and the bottom of the trench by reducing the electrochemical potential and cathodic polarization of the electroplating reaction, which is especially beneficial to accelerating the bottom of the trench. metal deposition, thereby achieving overfilling of the trench, and at the same time, it can also play a role in refining the grains of the metal layer.
本申请实施方式中,加速剂可以包括但不限于是含有硫原子和/或含硫官能团的有机物和/或其盐,例如含二硫键的有机物及其盐、硫醇类物质(含-SH)、硫脲类物质、带有磺酸基团的化合物及其盐等。在一
些实施方式中,加速剂可以包括硫脲、烯丙基硫脲、乙酰硫脲、2-吗啉乙磺酸、聚二硫二丙烷磺酸钠(SPS)、2-巯基乙磺酸钠盐(MES)、3-巯基-1-丙烷磺酸钠(MPS)、3-巯基-1-丙磺酸钾盐、3-巯基-丙磺酸-(3-磺丙基)酯(结构如下式(a-9)所示)、N,N-二甲基-二硫代氨基甲酸-(3-磺丙基)酯(又称“N,N-二甲基-二硫代羰基丙烷磺酸钠”)、N,N-二甲基二硫代甲酰胺丙烷磺酸钠(DPS)、N,N-二甲基二硫代氨基甲酸钠、异硫脲丙基硫酸盐、3-(苯骈噻唑-2-巯基)-丙烷磺酸钠(ZPS)、O-乙基二硫代碳酸酯(CAS号是151-01-9,结构如下式(a-10)所示)、吡啶丙基磺基甜菜碱(又称“丙烷磺酸吡啶盐”)等中的一种或多种。
In the embodiments of the present application, accelerators may include, but are not limited to, organic substances containing sulfur atoms and/or sulfur-containing functional groups and/or their salts, such as disulfide bond-containing organic substances and their salts, thiol substances (containing -SH ), thiourea substances, compounds with sulfonic acid groups and their salts, etc. In a In some embodiments, the accelerator may include thiourea, allylthiourea, acetylthiourea, 2-morpholinoethanesulfonic acid, sodium polydisulfidepropanesulfonate (SPS), 2-mercaptoethanesulfonate sodium salt (MES), sodium 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate (MPS), potassium 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate, 3-mercapto-propanesulfonate-(3-sulfopropyl) ester (the structure is as follows (shown in a-9)), N,N-dimethyl-dithiocarbamic acid-(3-sulfopropyl) ester (also known as "N,N-dimethyl-dithiocarbonylpropane sulfonic acid Sodium"), sodium N,N-dimethyldithiocarboxamide propane sulfonate (DPS), sodium N,N-dimethyldithiocarbamate, isothiouron propyl sulfate, 3-(benzene Sodium thiazole-2-mercapto)-propanesulfonate (ZPS), O-ethyldithiocarbonate (CAS number is 151-01-9, the structure is shown in the following formula (a-10)), pyridine propyl sulfonate One or more of betaine (also known as "pyridinium propane sulfonate"), etc.
In the embodiments of the present application, accelerators may include, but are not limited to, organic substances containing sulfur atoms and/or sulfur-containing functional groups and/or their salts, such as disulfide bond-containing organic substances and their salts, thiol substances (containing -SH ), thiourea substances, compounds with sulfonic acid groups and their salts, etc. In a In some embodiments, the accelerator may include thiourea, allylthiourea, acetylthiourea, 2-morpholinoethanesulfonic acid, sodium polydisulfidepropanesulfonate (SPS), 2-mercaptoethanesulfonate sodium salt (MES), sodium 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate (MPS), potassium 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate, 3-mercapto-propanesulfonate-(3-sulfopropyl) ester (the structure is as follows (shown in a-9)), N,N-dimethyl-dithiocarbamic acid-(3-sulfopropyl) ester (also known as "N,N-dimethyl-dithiocarbonylpropane sulfonic acid Sodium"), sodium N,N-dimethyldithiocarboxamide propane sulfonate (DPS), sodium N,N-dimethyldithiocarbamate, isothiouron propyl sulfate, 3-(benzene Sodium thiazole-2-mercapto)-propanesulfonate (ZPS), O-ethyldithiocarbonate (CAS number is 151-01-9, the structure is shown in the following formula (a-10)), pyridine propyl sulfonate One or more of betaine (also known as "pyridinium propane sulfonate"), etc.
加速剂可以以各种量使用,具体可根据上述电镀组合物的具体配方、电镀工艺参数等进行调整,一般情况下,加速剂的使用量是0.05ppm-3000ppm,如0.1ppm-3000ppm。针对含本申请实施例整平剂的上述电镀组合物,加速剂在其中的浓度可以是1-1000ppm。一些实施方式中,电镀组合物中,加速剂的浓度可以是1ppm-500ppm,例如2ppm-500ppm。一些实施方式中,电镀组合物中,加速剂的浓度可以是1ppm-50ppm,例如2ppm、5ppm、10ppm、20ppm、25ppm、30ppm、35ppm或40ppm等。在一些实施方式中,加速剂在电镀组合物中的浓度是1ppm-30ppm,进一步可以是5-30ppm。The accelerator can be used in various amounts, which can be adjusted according to the specific formula of the above-mentioned electroplating composition, electroplating process parameters, etc. In general, the amount of the accelerator used is 0.05ppm-3000ppm, such as 0.1ppm-3000ppm. For the above-mentioned electroplating composition containing the leveler of the embodiment of the present application, the concentration of the accelerator therein can be 1-1000ppm. In some embodiments, in the electroplating composition, the concentration of the accelerator can be 1ppm-500ppm, such as 2ppm-500ppm. In some embodiments, in the electroplating composition, the concentration of the accelerator can be 1ppm-50ppm, such as 2ppm, 5ppm, 10ppm, 20ppm, 25ppm, 30ppm, 35ppm or 40ppm, etc. In some embodiments, the concentration of the accelerator in the electroplating composition is 1ppm-30ppm, and further can be 5-30ppm.
在一些实施例中,加速剂包括SPS、MPS中的一种或多种;该加速剂在电镀组合物中的浓度是1ppm-50ppm,优选是1-30ppm。In some embodiments, the accelerator includes one or more of SPS and MPS; the concentration of the accelerator in the electroplating composition is 1 ppm-50 ppm, preferably 1-30 ppm.
本申请中,抑制剂是指能够抑制金属电镀速率的添加剂,抑制剂在电镀组合物中一般是电中性的。抑制剂的分子量适中,一般吸附在孔槽的开口及侧壁处,通过抑制该处的金属阳离子沉积速率,可避免孔槽提前封口、内部出现孔洞、缝隙等。其中,抑制剂可以包括但不限于是含至少一个杂原子取代且更尤其氧取代的聚合物,例如是聚醚。具体地,本申请实施方式中,抑制剂可以包括聚乙二醇类物质,如聚乙二醇(PEG)、聚丙二醇(PPG)、聚乙二醇与聚丙二醇的共聚物,由氮原子连接的聚乙二醇与聚丙三醇的共聚物(如Te701)等;胺,例如乙氧基化的胺;聚氧化烯胺,链烷醇胺,酰胺,烷基聚醚磺酸酯等中的一种或多种。其中,聚乙二醇与聚丙二醇的共聚物可以是嵌段或无规的,例如具体是环氧乙烷-环氧丙烷(EO/PO)二嵌段共聚物(即,聚乙二醇与聚丙二醇的二嵌段共聚物),环氧乙烷-环氧丙烷-环氧乙烷(EO/PO/EO)三嵌段共聚物、环氧丙烷-环氧乙烷-环氧丙烷(PO/EO/PO)三嵌段共聚物。本申请实施方式中,抑制剂的数均分子量为2000-15000,例如2000-10000。In this application, inhibitors refer to additives that can inhibit the metal plating rate. Inhibitors are generally electrically neutral in the electroplating composition. The inhibitor has a moderate molecular weight and is generally adsorbed at the openings and side walls of the pores. By inhibiting the deposition rate of metal cations there, it can avoid premature sealing of the pores and the occurrence of holes and gaps inside the pores. Among them, the inhibitor may include, but is not limited to, a polymer containing at least one heteroatom substitution and more particularly oxygen substitution, such as a polyether. Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, the inhibitor may include polyethylene glycol substances, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol (PPG), copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol, connected by nitrogen atoms. Copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polyglycerol (such as Te701), etc.; amines, such as ethoxylated amines; polyoxyalkylene amines, alkanolamines, amides, alkyl polyether sulfonates, etc. one or more. Among them, the copolymer of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol can be block or random, for example, specifically an ethylene oxide-propylene oxide (EO/PO) diblock copolymer (ie, polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol). Diblock copolymer of polypropylene glycol), ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide (EO/PO/EO) tri-block copolymer, propylene oxide-ethylene oxide-propylene oxide (PO /EO/PO) triblock copolymer. In the embodiment of the present application, the number average molecular weight of the inhibitor is 2,000-15,000, for example, 2,000-10,000.
抑制剂的用量可根据上述电镀组合物的具体配方、电镀工艺参数等进行调整,一般情况下,抑制剂的使用量是0.1ppm-3000ppm。针对含本申请实施例上述整平剂的电镀组合物,抑制剂在其中的浓度可以是1-2000ppm,例如是1-1000ppm或50-2000ppm。一些实施方式中,电镀组合物中,抑制剂的浓度可以是2ppm-500ppm,进一步可以是50ppm-500ppm。在一些具体实施例中,该浓度可以是100-300ppm。The amount of inhibitor used can be adjusted according to the specific formula of the above-mentioned electroplating composition, electroplating process parameters, etc. Under normal circumstances, the amount of inhibitor used is 0.1ppm-3000ppm. For the electroplating composition containing the above-mentioned leveling agent in the embodiment of the present application, the concentration of the inhibitor in the electroplating composition may be 1-2000 ppm, such as 1-1000 ppm or 50-2000 ppm. In some embodiments, the concentration of the inhibitor in the electroplating composition may be 2 ppm-500 ppm, and further may be 50 ppm-500 ppm. In some specific embodiments, the concentration may be 100-300 ppm.
在一些实施方式中,所述抑制剂包括聚乙二醇(PEG)、聚丙二醇(PPG)、环氧乙烷-环氧丙烷共聚物、环氧乙烷-环氧丙烷-环氧乙烷共聚物中的一种或多种;该抑制剂在电镀组合物的浓度为50-500ppm,优选100-300ppm。In some embodiments, the inhibitor includes polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol (PPG), ethylene oxide-propylene oxide copolymer, ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide copolymer One or more of the inhibitors; the concentration of the inhibitor in the electroplating composition is 50-500 ppm, preferably 100-300 ppm.
本申请一些实施方式中,所述电镀组合物还包括酸性电解质和卤离子源。即,此时的所述电镀组合物包含金属离子源、酸性电解质、卤离子源和电镀添加剂,其中,酸性电解质可使电镀组合物呈酸性,利于上述整平剂在电镀组合物中质子化,以便对待电镀基板具有更好的吸附能力。卤离子源可可以使镀层结晶较致密、精细不粗糙,且能与抑制剂发挥协同作用,使抑制剂更好地抑制电镀填充孔槽时提前封口。In some embodiments of the present application, the electroplating composition further includes an acidic electrolyte and a halide ion source. That is, the electroplating composition at this time includes a metal ion source, an acidic electrolyte, a halide ion source and an electroplating additive. The acidic electrolyte can make the electroplating composition acidic, which is beneficial to the protonation of the above-mentioned leveling agent in the electroplating composition. In order to have better adsorption capacity for the electroplated substrate. The halide ion source can make the crystallization of the coating denser, finer and less rough, and can work synergistically with the inhibitor, so that the inhibitor can better inhibit early sealing when electroplating fills the hole slot.
在一些实施方式中,所述卤离子源为氯离子源。所述氯离子源可以是氯化铜、氯化锡、氯化钠、氯化钾和盐酸中的一种或多种。其中,源自氯离子源的氯离子在电镀组合物中的浓度可以是1ppm-100ppm,例如10ppm、20ppm、30ppm、40ppm、50ppm、60ppm、70ppm或80ppm等。In some embodiments, the source of halide ions is a source of chloride ions. The chloride ion source may be one or more of copper chloride, tin chloride, sodium chloride, potassium chloride and hydrochloric acid. Wherein, the concentration of chloride ions derived from the chloride ion source in the electroplating composition may be 1 ppm to 100 ppm, such as 10 ppm, 20 ppm, 30 ppm, 40 ppm, 50 ppm, 60 ppm, 70 ppm or 80 ppm, etc.
本申请实施方式中,所述酸性电解质包括但不限于硫酸、磷酸、硝酸、盐酸、高氯酸、乙酸、氟硼酸、烷基磺酸(如甲基磺酸、乙基磺酸、丙基磺酸、三氟甲磺酸等)、芳基磺酸(如苯磺酸、苯酚磺酸等)、氨基磺酸等中的一种或多种。在一些实施方式中,所述酸性电解质包括硫酸、甲基磺酸中的一种或多种。本申请实施方式中,所述酸性电解质在电镀组合物中的总浓度可以是1g/L-100g/L,例如1g/L、10g/L、20g/L、30g/L、40g/L、50g/L、55g/L、60g/L、70g/L、80g/L、90g/L、100g/L。适合的酸性电解质及其浓度有利于获得适合的电镀沉积速率。In the embodiment of the present application, the acidic electrolyte includes but is not limited to sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, perchloric acid, acetic acid, fluoroboric acid, alkyl sulfonic acid (such as methyl sulfonic acid, ethyl sulfonic acid, propyl sulfonic acid). acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, etc.), arylsulfonic acid (such as benzenesulfonic acid, phenolsulfonic acid, etc.), sulfamic acid, etc. In some embodiments, the acidic electrolyte includes one or more of sulfuric acid and methylsulfonic acid. In the embodiment of the present application, the total concentration of the acidic electrolyte in the electroplating composition can be 1g/L-100g/L, such as 1g/L, 10g/L, 20g/L, 30g/L, 40g/L, 50g /L, 55g/L, 60g/L, 70g/L, 80g/L, 90g/L, 100g/L. Suitable acidic electrolyte and its concentration are beneficial to obtain suitable electroplating deposition rate.
本申请实施方式中,所述金属离子源包括铜离子源、镍离子源、锡离子源、钴离子源、钌离子源、银
离子源、金离子源中的任意一种。可以理解地,预沉积哪种金属层,则电镀组合物中的金属离子源相应地含有预沉积的金属层中对应的金属元素。例如,预沉积金属铜层,则金属离子源包括铜离子源。In the embodiment of the present application, the metal ion source includes a copper ion source, a nickel ion source, a tin ion source, a cobalt ion source, a ruthenium ion source, and a silver ion source. Either ion source or gold ion source. It can be understood that, depending on which metal layer is pre-deposited, the metal ion source in the electroplating composition will accordingly contain the corresponding metal element in the pre-deposited metal layer. For example, if a metal copper layer is pre-deposited, the metal ion source includes a copper ion source.
本申请一些实施方式中,所述金属离子源包括铜离子源。铜离子源可以包括硫酸铜、硝酸铜、卤化铜、乙酸铜、甲基磺酸铜等中的一种或多种。采用铜离子源的酸体系进行电镀,电镀效率高,对环境友好,且能够更好地通过各种添加剂的配合实现盲孔的填充。本申请实施方式中,以铜离子计,铜离子源在电镀组合物中的浓度为1g/L-400g/L,例如可以是10g/L、20g/L、50g/L、60g/L、80g/L、100g/L、150g/L、200g/L或300g/L等。将铜离子源控制在适合的含量范围,有利于兼顾沉积速度以及所得铜镀层的光亮度和平整度。In some embodiments of the present application, the metal ion source includes a copper ion source. The copper ion source may include one or more of copper sulfate, copper nitrate, copper halide, copper acetate, copper methane sulfonate, and the like. The acid system of copper ion source is used for electroplating, which has high electroplating efficiency, is environmentally friendly, and can better fill blind holes through the combination of various additives. In the embodiment of the present application, in terms of copper ions, the concentration of the copper ion source in the electroplating composition is 1g/L-400g/L, for example, it can be 10g/L, 20g/L, 50g/L, 60g/L, 80g /L, 100g/L, 150g/L, 200g/L or 300g/L, etc. Controlling the copper ion source within a suitable content range is beneficial to balancing the deposition speed and the brightness and flatness of the resulting copper coating.
本申请实施例提供的新型整平剂,将其应用于铜电镀液等金属电镀液中,可以在孔槽填充过程中可以得到表面金属厚度均匀,板面外观良好的样品,适用于精密加工。且本申请实施例的整平剂特别适合对横向尺寸介于10nm-500nm的小孔槽进行电镀,能够实现对所有孔槽的无缺陷高表面平整度的填充,有利于提高最终产品的可靠性。The new leveling agent provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to metal plating liquids such as copper plating liquid. During the hole filling process, a sample with uniform surface metal thickness and good board appearance can be obtained, which is suitable for precision machining. Moreover, the leveling agent of the embodiment of the present application is particularly suitable for electroplating small holes with a lateral size between 10nm and 500nm. It can achieve defect-free and high surface flatness filling of all holes and grooves, which is beneficial to improving the reliability of the final product. .
本申请实施例还提供了本申请实施例的上述整平剂或者采用本申请实施例上述的制备方法制得的整平剂或本申请实施例的上述电镀组合物在电镀金属中的应用。所述应用中,电镀金属可以包括电镀铜及铜合金、电镀镍及镍合金、电镀锡及锡合金、电镀钴及钴合金、电镀钌及钌合金、电镀银及银合金、电镀金及金合金中的任意一种。The embodiments of the present application also provide the application of the above-mentioned leveling agent of the embodiments of the present application or the leveling agent prepared by the above-mentioned preparation method of the embodiments of the present application or the above-mentioned electroplating composition of the embodiments of the present application in metal electroplating. In the application, the electroplated metal may include electroplated copper and copper alloys, electroplated nickel and nickel alloys, electroplated tin and tin alloys, electroplated cobalt and cobalt alloys, electroplated ruthenium and ruthenium alloys, electroplated silver and silver alloys, electroplated gold and gold alloys. any of them.
本申请实施方式中,电镀金属包括印刷电路板制备工艺中的电镀金属、集成电路金属互连工艺中的电镀金属、或电子封装工艺中的电镀金属。其中,电镀金属可具体用于电子基板上孔槽的填充、金属凸点沉积、基板再布线等。孔槽可以包括沟槽和/或导通孔,导通孔可以包括通孔、盲孔、埋孔中的一种或多种。电子基板可以是晶圆芯片(如铜大马士革工艺)、硅通孔(TSV)转接板、印刷电路板、封装基板等。在一些实施例中,该电镀金属可以是大马士革芯片的沟槽填充、硅通孔填充、导通孔填充、金属凸点沉积、基板再布线等工艺中的电镀金属。In the embodiment of the present application, electroplated metal includes electroplated metal in the printed circuit board preparation process, electroplated metal in the integrated circuit metal interconnection process, or electroplated metal in the electronic packaging process. Among them, electroplated metal can be specifically used for filling holes and slots on electronic substrates, depositing metal bumps, rewiring substrates, etc. The slots may include trenches and/or via holes, and the via holes may include one or more of through holes, blind vias, and buried vias. Electronic substrates can be wafer chips (such as copper Damascus process), through silicon via (TSV) adapter boards, printed circuit boards, packaging substrates, etc. In some embodiments, the electroplated metal may be electroplated metal in Damascus chip trench filling, through silicon hole filling, via hole filling, metal bump deposition, substrate rewiring and other processes.
本申请一些实施方式中,电镀金属包括电子基板上孔槽的全金属电镀填充。全金属填充可以是电镀铜及铜合金、电镀镍及镍合金、电镀锡及锡合金、电镀钴及钴合金、电镀钌及钌合金、或电镀银及银合金、电镀金及金合金填充。In some embodiments of the present application, electroplating metal includes full metal electroplating filling of hole slots on the electronic substrate. Full metal filling can be electroplated copper and copper alloy, electroplated nickel and nickel alloy, electroplated tin and tin alloy, electroplated cobalt and cobalt alloy, electroplated ruthenium and ruthenium alloy, or electroplated silver and silver alloy, electroplated gold and gold alloy filling.
将本申请实施例提供的上述整平剂用于电子基板上孔槽的全金属电镀填充,可实现纳米级小尺寸孔槽的无缺陷填充,同时能够减小高密度互连图形区域与低密度互联图形区域金属互联镀层的厚度差异,使镀层表面更加平坦均匀,提高电子基板的整板电镀均匀性,降低后续CMP工艺难度;也有利于精细线路的制作,提升电子产品的可靠性,从而更好地通过工艺简单、低成本的方式满足高密度互联产品的制造需求。Using the above-mentioned leveling agent provided by the embodiments of the present application for all-metal plating filling of holes on electronic substrates can achieve defect-free filling of nano-scale small-sized holes, and at the same time can reduce the high-density interconnection pattern area and low-density The thickness difference of the metal interconnect coating in the interconnect pattern area makes the coating surface flatter and more uniform, improves the uniformity of the entire plate plating of the electronic substrate, and reduces the difficulty of subsequent CMP processes; it is also conducive to the production of fine circuits, improving the reliability of electronic products, thereby making it more It is a good way to meet the manufacturing needs of high-density interconnection products through simple processes and low cost.
本申请实施例还提供一种电镀金属的方法,包括以下步骤:Embodiments of the present application also provide a method for electroplating metal, including the following steps:
将待电镀基板与本申请实施例上述的电镀组合物接触;Contact the substrate to be electroplated with the electroplating composition described in the embodiments of the present application;
向待电镀基板施加电流进行电镀,使待电镀基板上形成金属层。Apply electric current to the substrate to be electroplated to perform electroplating, so that a metal layer is formed on the substrate to be electroplated.
具体地,在电镀时,待电镀基板通常用作阴极,其可以部分或全部置于装有电镀组合物中的电镀槽中,该电镀槽中可放置有阳极,该阳极在电镀过程中可以是可溶或不溶的。阴极和阳极可通过配线分别电连接至电镀电源,借助电镀组合物作为电解质,阴极与阳极共同构成导电回路,从而实现待电镀基板上的金属沉积。Specifically, during electroplating, the substrate to be electroplated is usually used as a cathode, which can be partially or completely placed in an electroplating tank filled with an electroplating composition, and an anode can be placed in the electroplating tank, which can be soluble or insoluble during the electroplating process. The cathode and the anode can be electrically connected to the electroplating power supply through wiring, and the cathode and the anode together form a conductive circuit with the help of the electroplating composition as an electrolyte, thereby achieving metal deposition on the substrate to be electroplated.
为了更好地理解上述电镀金属方法的进行,本申请实施例还提供了一种电镀装置。参见图4,电镀装置200包括:In order to better understand the performance of the above electroplated metal method, embodiments of the present application also provide an electroplating device. Referring to Figure 4, the electroplating device 200 includes:
电镀槽20,电镀槽20内装有本申请实施例上述的电镀组合物21,The electroplating tank 20 is filled with the electroplating composition 21 described in the embodiment of the present application,
设置在电镀槽20内的阴极22和阳极23,阴极22包括至少部分浸入电镀组合物21中的待电镀基板,The cathode 22 and the anode 23 are arranged in the electroplating tank 20, the cathode 22 includes a substrate to be electroplated that is at least partially immersed in the electroplating composition 21,
电镀电源24,电镀电源24的负极与阴极22电连接,电镀电源的正极与阳极23电连接,以在接通电镀电源24时施加电流到待电镀基板。The electroplating power supply 24 has a negative electrode electrically connected to the cathode 22 and a positive electrode electrically connected to the anode 23 to apply current to the substrate to be plated when the electroplating power supply 24 is turned on.
其中,阴极22和阳极23一般相对放置,且二者一般隔开放置,例如通过隔膜25分隔开来。此外,图4中虽然以阴极22、阳极23垂直地放置在电镀槽20中,但可以理解地,阴极22、阳极23也可以水平地放置在电镀槽20中,具体可根据待电镀基板中的具体待电镀部位来调整。The cathode 22 and the anode 23 are generally placed opposite each other, and they are generally placed apart, for example, separated by a separator 25 . In addition, although the cathode 22 and the anode 23 are placed vertically in the electroplating tank 20 in Figure 4, it can be understood that the cathode 22 and the anode 23 can also be placed horizontally in the electroplating tank 20. Specifically, it can be determined according to the position of the substrate to be electroplated. The details will depend on the plating location.
在电镀时,通常将电位施加在阴极,这样在接通电镀电源时,电流也相应施加到待电镀基板。在电镀铜时,电镀组合物中Cu离子在阴极被还原,从而在待电镀基板上形成经镀敷的金属Cu,相应地,氧化反应在阳极处进行,阳极在电镀过程中可以发生溶解或者不发生溶解。其中,所施加的电流可为直流电流、脉冲电流或其他合适电流。During electroplating, a potential is usually applied to the cathode, so that when the electroplating power supply is turned on, current is also applied to the substrate to be plated. When electroplating copper, Cu ions in the electroplating composition are reduced at the cathode, thereby forming plated metal Cu on the substrate to be electroplated. Correspondingly, the oxidation reaction proceeds at the anode, and the anode may dissolve or become inactive during the electroplating process. Dissolution occurs. The applied current may be a direct current, a pulse current, or other suitable current.
本申请一些实施方式中,在进行电镀时,可搅动电镀槽20内装有的电镀组合物21。如图4所示,将
搅动装置26置于电镀槽20中,以增加电镀组合物21的流动性。合适的搅动装置26可以是搅拌机构或气体吹扫组件,或其他合适装置等。其中,气体吹扫组件一般具有插入电镀组合物中的通气管路,通气管路浸入电镀组合物的部分的管壁上可设置有若干孔,以便吹扫气体(如空气、惰性气体)通过该孔流出。In some embodiments of the present application, when electroplating is performed, the electroplating composition 21 contained in the electroplating tank 20 can be stirred. As shown in Figure 4, the The stirring device 26 is placed in the electroplating tank 20 to increase the fluidity of the electroplating composition 21. The suitable stirring device 26 may be a stirring mechanism or a gas purge assembly, or other suitable devices. Among them, the gas purge assembly generally has a ventilation pipeline inserted into the electroplating composition. Several holes can be provided on the wall of the portion of the ventilation pipeline immersed in the electroplating composition to allow purge gas (such as air, inert gas) to pass through the holes flow out.
本申请一些实施方式中,上述待电镀基板可以是无孔槽的基板,例如是表面淀积有二氧化硅层/钽层/氮化钽层的无图形硅基片。本申请另外一些实施方式中,待电镀基板上设有孔槽,金属层包括填充孔槽的孔内填充层和沉积在孔槽周围的表面沉积层。孔槽包括沟槽和/或导通孔,导通孔可以是包括通孔、盲孔、埋孔中的一种或多种。本申请实施方式中,待电镀基板上可以设有不同孔槽分布密度的区域,如包括高密度孔槽分布区域和低密度孔槽分布区域。In some embodiments of the present application, the substrate to be electroplated may be a substrate without holes, for example, a patternless silicon substrate with a silicon dioxide layer/tantalum layer/tantalum nitride layer deposited on the surface. In other embodiments of the present application, holes are provided on the substrate to be electroplated, and the metal layer includes an in-hole filling layer that fills the holes and a surface deposition layer deposited around the holes. The via slot includes a trench and/or a via hole, and the via hole may include one or more of a through hole, a blind hole, and a buried hole. In the embodiment of the present application, the substrate to be electroplated may be provided with areas with different hole and groove distribution densities, such as a high-density hole and groove distribution area and a low-density hole and groove distribution area.
待电镀基板上可以同时具有不同横向尺寸和深度的孔槽。本申请实施方式中,孔槽的横向尺寸可以是为10nm-500nm,具体可以是20nm、30nm、40nm、50nm、60nm、70nm、80nm、90nm、100nm、110nm、120nm、125nm、130nm、150nm、200nm、300nm、400nm、450nm等。其中,对于沟槽来说,其横向尺寸是指沟槽的宽度,对于导通孔来说,其横向尺寸是指导通孔的直径。在一些实施方式中,孔槽的横向尺寸可以是为10nm-120nm。本申请实施例提供的电镀组合物对横向尺寸较小的孔槽的电镀填充仍较好。在一些具体实施例中,孔槽的横向尺寸为60nm-120nm。The substrate to be electroplated can have holes with different lateral sizes and depths at the same time. In the embodiment of the present application, the lateral size of the hole groove may be 10nm-500nm, specifically 20nm, 30nm, 40nm, 50nm, 60nm, 70nm, 80nm, 90nm, 100nm, 110nm, 120nm, 125nm, 130nm, 150nm, 200nm , 300nm, 400nm, 450nm, etc. Wherein, for a trench, its lateral dimension refers to the width of the trench, and for a via hole, its lateral dimension refers to the diameter of the through hole. In some embodiments, the lateral dimensions of the pores may range from 10 nm to 120 nm. The electroplating composition provided by the embodiment of the present application is still good for electroplating and filling holes with smaller lateral dimensions. In some embodiments, the lateral dimension of the hole groove is 60 nm-120 nm.
本申请实施方式中,孔槽的深宽比大于或等于3。该深度比是指孔槽的深度与其横向尺寸之比。一般对深宽比较大的孔槽进行电镀填充时,更易出现孔洞、缝隙等缺陷,电镀的表面较不平整,而使用本申请实施例提供的电镀组合物对深宽比大的孔槽可以实现表面平整度高的无缺陷填充。本申请一些实施方式中,孔槽的深度可以是100nm-300nm,例如可以是100nm、150nm、200nm、280nm或300nm等。在一些实施方式中,孔槽的深度可以是120-250nm。In the embodiment of the present application, the aspect ratio of the hole groove is greater than or equal to 3. The depth ratio refers to the ratio of the depth of the slot to its lateral dimensions. Generally, when electroplating and filling holes with a large depth-to-width ratio, defects such as holes and gaps are more likely to occur, and the electroplated surface is relatively uneven. However, using the electroplating composition provided in the embodiments of the present application can achieve this for holes with a large depth-to-width ratio. Defect-free filling with high surface flatness. In some embodiments of the present application, the depth of the hole groove can be 100nm-300nm, for example, it can be 100nm, 150nm, 200nm, 280nm or 300nm, etc. In some embodiments, the depth of the pore grooves may be 120-250 nm.
一般地,在电镀之前,通常会将孔槽内壁进行金属化处理,如在孔槽内壁形成一层金属种子层,如铜种子层,以用于电镀时实现待电镀孔槽与阳极之间的电连通。Generally, before electroplating, the inner wall of the hole is usually metallized. For example, a metal seed layer, such as a copper seed layer, is formed on the inner wall of the hole to achieve a good connection between the hole to be plated and the anode during electroplating. Electrical connection.
本申请实施方式中,电镀的工艺条件为:电镀温度为10℃-65℃,例如是20-30℃;电流密度为0.3ASD-106ASD,电镀总时间为10s-200s。在电镀过程中,可以对上述电镀组合物进行搅拌,以使电镀槽中各处电镀组合物的浓度基本保持一致。In the embodiment of the present application, the electroplating process conditions are: the electroplating temperature is 10°C-65°C, for example, 20-30°C; the current density is 0.3ASD-106ASD, and the total electroplating time is 10s-200s. During the electroplating process, the above-mentioned electroplating composition can be stirred so that the concentration of the electroplating composition in each place in the electroplating tank remains substantially consistent.
本申请一些实施方式中,所述电镀包括第一步电镀、第二步电镀和第三步电镀。其中,第一步电镀的电流密度为0.3ASD-0.8ASD,例如是0.5或0.65ASD;电镀时间为3s-20s,例如是5s-12s。第二步电镀的电流密度为0.5ASD-1.5ASD,例如是1ASD或1.2ASD;电镀时间为30s-50s,例如是35s或40s。第三步电镀的电流密度为1ASD-10ASD,例如是2ASD、5ASD、6ASD或8ASD等;电镀时间为30s-50s,例如是45s。此外各步电镀的温度可以相同或者不同。本申请实施例通过分步电镀可以更好地获得无缺陷填充,并获得适合的表面金属层厚度。以电镀铜为例,第一步电镀可以较好地修复铜种子层;第二步电镀可以较好地实现孔隙填充;第三步电镀则可以表面增厚方便后续抛光研磨。In some embodiments of the present application, the electroplating includes the first step of electroplating, the second step of electroplating and the third step of electroplating. Among them, the current density of the first step of electroplating is 0.3ASD-0.8ASD, such as 0.5 or 0.65ASD; the electroplating time is 3s-20s, such as 5s-12s. The current density of the second step of electroplating is 0.5ASD-1.5ASD, such as 1ASD or 1.2ASD; the electroplating time is 30s-50s, such as 35s or 40s. The current density of the third step of electroplating is 1ASD-10ASD, such as 2ASD, 5ASD, 6ASD or 8ASD, etc.; the electroplating time is 30s-50s, such as 45s. In addition, the temperatures of each electroplating step can be the same or different. In the embodiment of the present application, defect-free filling can be better obtained through step-by-step electroplating, and a suitable surface metal layer thickness can be obtained. Taking copper electroplating as an example, the first step of electroplating can better repair the copper seed layer; the second step of electroplating can better achieve pore filling; and the third step of electroplating can thicken the surface to facilitate subsequent polishing and grinding.
参见图5,本申请实施例还提供一种电子基板100,包括基底层101和设置在基底层上的金属层102,金属层102采用本申请实施例上述的电镀组合物电镀形成,或采用本申请实施例上述的电镀金属的方法形成。Referring to Figure 5, an embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic substrate 100, including a base layer 101 and a metal layer 102 disposed on the base layer. The metal layer 102 is formed by electroplating with the electroplating composition described above in the embodiment of the present application, or by using the present invention. The application embodiment is formed by the method of electroplating metal described above.
本申请实施方式中,金属层102包括铜或铜合金层、镍或镍合金层、锡或锡合金层、钴或钴合金层、钌或钌合金层、银或银合金层、金或金合金层中的任意一种。In the embodiment of the present application, the metal layer 102 includes a copper or copper alloy layer, nickel or nickel alloy layer, tin or tin alloy layer, cobalt or cobalt alloy layer, ruthenium or ruthenium alloy layer, silver or silver alloy layer, gold or gold alloy any of the layers.
本申请实施方式中,基底层101包括衬底1011和介质层1012,基底层101上的介质层1012中设有孔槽103,金属层102包括填充孔槽103的孔内填充层1021和沉积在孔槽103周围的表面沉积层1022。当基底层101具有多个孔槽103时,在孔槽103设置密度不同的各区域,表面沉积层1022的厚度差异较小,整体来说,表面沉积层1022的表面平坦,粗糙度较低。可以理解地,一些实施方式中,当表面沉积层1022通过CMP处理工艺去除后,金属层102仅包括填充孔槽103的孔内填充层1021。In the embodiment of the present application, the base layer 101 includes a substrate 1011 and a dielectric layer 1012. The dielectric layer 1012 on the base layer 101 is provided with a hole groove 103. The metal layer 102 includes an in-hole filling layer 1021 that fills the hole groove 103 and a hole filling layer 1021 deposited on the base layer 101. A layer 1022 is deposited on the surface around the hole 103 . When the base layer 101 has multiple holes 103 , regions with different densities are provided in the holes 103 , and the thickness difference of the surface deposition layer 1022 is small. Overall, the surface of the surface deposition layer 1022 is flat and has low roughness. It can be understood that in some embodiments, after the surface deposition layer 1022 is removed by the CMP process, the metal layer 102 only includes the in-hole filling layer 1021 that fills the hole trench 103.
本申请实施方式中,基底层101与金属层102之间还可以是包括对孔槽103进行金属化处理形成的金属种子层,如铜种子层。In the embodiment of the present application, there may also be a metal seed layer, such as a copper seed layer, formed by metallizing the hole groove 103 between the base layer 101 and the metal layer 102 .
如上所述,本申请实施方式中,孔槽103的横向尺寸可以是为10nm-500nm,深宽比可以大于或等于3。基底层101上可以是设置多个孔槽103,多个孔槽103可以是具有不同横向尺寸和深度,也可以是具有相同横向尺寸和深度。As mentioned above, in the embodiment of the present application, the lateral size of the hole groove 103 may be 10 nm-500 nm, and the aspect ratio may be greater than or equal to 3. A plurality of holes 103 may be provided on the base layer 101, and the plurality of holes 103 may have different lateral dimensions and depths, or may have the same lateral dimensions and depths.
本申请实施方式中,表面沉积层1022的厚度小于2μm,在一些实施方式中,该厚度小于或等于1μm。本申请实施方式中,高密度互联图形区域的表面沉积层1022的平均厚度H1与低密度互联图形区域表面沉积层1022的平均厚度H2的比值小于或等于1.2。一些实施方式中,H1与H2的比值小于或等于1.10。一些实施例中,H1与H2的比值小于或等于1.05,例如为1.03、1.02或1.01,该比值非常接近超整平效果(比
值为1.0)。一些实施例中,H1与H2的比值等于1.0。In the embodiment of the present application, the thickness of the surface deposition layer 1022 is less than 2 μm. In some embodiments, the thickness is less than or equal to 1 μm. In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the average thickness H1 of the surface deposition layer 1022 in the high-density interconnection pattern area to the average thickness H2 of the surface deposition layer 1022 in the low-density interconnection pattern area is less than or equal to 1.2. In some embodiments, the ratio of H1 to H2 is less than or equal to 1.10. In some embodiments, the ratio of H1 to H2 is less than or equal to 1.05, such as 1.03, 1.02 or 1.01. This ratio is very close to the super-flattening effect (ratio value is 1.0). In some embodiments, the ratio of H1 to H2 is equal to 1.0.
可以理解地,本申请实施例图5所示的电子基板100是未经过CMP处理的结构示意图,在实际应用中,表面沉积层1022可以通过抛光工艺去除。It can be understood that the electronic substrate 100 shown in FIG. 5 according to the embodiment of the present application is a schematic structural diagram that has not been processed by CMP. In practical applications, the surface deposition layer 1022 can be removed through a polishing process.
本申请实施例还提供一种电子装置,电子装置采用本申请实施例上述的电子基板100。An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device. The electronic device adopts the electronic substrate 100 described in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请中,“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In this application, "and/or" describes the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. , where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“以下至少一项(个/种)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,“a、b或c中的至少一项(个)”,或,“a、b和c中的至少一项(个)”,均可以表示:a,b,c,a-b(即a和b),a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c分别可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "plurality" refers to two or more. “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items (items) or plural items (items). For example, "at least one of a, b, or c", or "at least one of a, b, and c" can mean: a, b, c, a-b (that is, a and b), a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple respectively.
应理解的是,本文中涉及的第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的范围。It should be understood that the first, second and various numerical numbers involved in this article are only for convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the present application.
下面分多个实施例对本申请实施例进行进一步的说明。The embodiments of the present application will be further described below in multiple embodiments.
实施例1Example 1
一种聚酰胺L1,其结构如式1所示:
A polyamide L1 whose structure is shown in Formula 1:
A polyamide L1 whose structure is shown in Formula 1:
合成该聚酰胺L1所涉及到的化学反应式为:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L1 is:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L1 is:
具体地,该聚酰胺L1的制备方法,包括如下步骤:Specifically, the preparation method of polyamide L1 includes the following steps:
(1)含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质Z1的合成:(1) Synthesis of dicarboxylate substance Z1 containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms:
向配有磁力搅拌器和冰浴装置的茄形瓶中,加入2mL的一甲胺溶液,降温至0~10℃,再向瓶中加入4g的丙烯酸甲酯,保持在低温下进行反应2小时。之后,升高温度至20~30℃,继续反应10小时。待反应完毕,将茄形瓶连接真空泵,在负压状态下保持2小时。然后将所得反应物料置于真空烘箱中干燥,得到浅棕色液体,即为上述物质Z1。该Z1的核磁共振氢谱结果为:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ(ppm):3.68(s,3H),2.72(s,2H),2.49(s,2H),2.26(s,3H).Add 2 mL of monomethylamine solution to an eggplant-shaped bottle equipped with a magnetic stirrer and an ice bath device, and cool it to 0-10°C. Then add 4 g of methyl acrylate to the bottle and keep it at low temperature for 2 hours. . After that, the temperature was raised to 20-30°C and the reaction was continued for 10 hours. After the reaction is completed, connect the eggplant-shaped bottle to the vacuum pump and keep it under negative pressure for 2 hours. The obtained reaction material was then dried in a vacuum oven to obtain a light brown liquid, which was the above-mentioned substance Z1. The hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum results of Z1 are: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ (ppm): 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.72 (s, 2H), 2.49 (s, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H) ).
(2)聚酰胺L1的合成:(2) Synthesis of polyamide L1:
将3.0g的上述物质Z1放入配有磁力搅拌器的茄形瓶中,打开搅拌器,逐滴加入2.6g的N,N-双(3-氨丙基)甲胺,升温至60℃反应2h,待反应完毕后,将茄形瓶连接真空泵,升温至80℃反应8h。将所得反应物料置于真空烘箱中干燥,得到棕黄色粘稠液体,即上述聚酰胺L1。该聚酰胺L1的核磁共振氢谱结果为:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ(ppm):3.15(s,2H),2.69(s,2H),2.39(s,4H),2.19(d,J=9.7Hz,3H),1.65(s,2H).Put 3.0g of the above substance Z1 into an eggplant-shaped bottle equipped with a magnetic stirrer, turn on the stirrer, add 2.6g of N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)methylamine dropwise, and raise the temperature to 60°C for reaction 2h, after the reaction is completed, connect the eggplant-shaped bottle to the vacuum pump, raise the temperature to 80°C and react for 8h. The obtained reaction material was dried in a vacuum oven to obtain a brown viscous liquid, which is the above-mentioned polyamide L1. The hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum results of polyamide L1 are: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ (ppm): 3.15 (s, 2H), 2.69 (s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 4H), 2.19 (d ,J=9.7Hz,3H),1.65(s,2H).
一种铜电镀液,该铜电镀液包括如下质量配比的各组分:A copper electroplating solution, the copper electroplating solution includes components in the following mass proportions:
硫酸铜(以铜离子计):100g/L,Copper sulfate (calculated as copper ions): 100g/L,
硫酸:10g/L,Sulfuric acid: 10g/L,
氯离子:50ppm,Chloride ion: 50ppm,
整平剂(具体是聚酰胺L1):5ppm,Leveling agent (specifically polyamide L1): 5ppm,
加速剂(具体是聚二硫二丙烷磺酸钠(SPS)):25ppm,
Accelerator (specifically sodium polydisulfide propane sulfonate (SPS)): 25ppm,
抑制剂(具体是聚醚L64,环氧乙烷-环氧丙烷-环氧乙烷共聚物):250ppm。Inhibitor (specifically polyether L64, ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide copolymer): 250 ppm.
为体现本申请实施例提供的整平剂的效果,以不添加整平剂的铜电镀液作为对比例1,对比例1的铜电镀液与实施例1的区别仅在于不添加聚酰胺L1。In order to demonstrate the effect of the leveling agent provided in the embodiments of the present application, a copper electroplating solution without adding leveling agent is used as Comparative Example 1. The only difference between the copper electroplating solution in Comparative Example 1 and Example 1 is that polyamide L1 is not added.
分别使用实施例1的铜电镀液和对比例的铜电镀液对设有宽度为60nm-120nm、深度为120nm-250nm的沟槽或通孔结构的待电镀基板进行电镀铜填充,待电镀基板为沟槽或通孔内具备铜种子层的大马士革图形芯片,电镀温度为常温电镀(温度为20-30℃),电镀过程采用三步电流法,第一步电镀的电流密度为0.65ASD,电镀时间为6秒,第二步电镀的电流密度为1ASD,电镀时间为40秒,第三步电镀的电流密度为6ASD,电镀时间为45秒。此外,还对表面沉积有铜中层的无图形硅片(简称光片)分别采用实施例1与对比例1的铜电镀液按上述电镀工艺进行电镀铜。The copper electroplating solution of Example 1 and the copper electroplating solution of the comparative example were used to electroplate copper filling on a substrate to be electroplated with a groove or through-hole structure with a width of 60nm-120nm and a depth of 120nm-250nm. The substrate to be electroplated was a Damascus graphic chip with a copper seed layer in the groove or through-hole. The electroplating temperature was room temperature electroplating (temperature was 20-30° C.). The electroplating process adopted a three-step current method. The current density of the first electroplating step was 0.65ASD, and the electroplating time was 6 seconds. The current density of the second electroplating step was 1ASD, and the electroplating time was 40 seconds. The current density of the third electroplating step was 6ASD, and the electroplating time was 45 seconds. In addition, a non-patterned silicon wafer (referred to as a light wafer) with a copper middle layer deposited on the surface was electroplated with copper using the copper electroplating solutions of Example 1 and the comparative example 1 according to the above electroplating process.
图6a、图6b为对比例1电镀后的芯片样品在不同放大倍数下的截面电镜照片,图6b为图6a的局部放大图,图6c为对比例1电镀后的光片表面的原子力显微镜照片。由图6a和图6b可以看出,在未添加整平剂的情况下,芯片中的沟槽、通孔等孔槽结构经电镀填充后,仍存在孔洞缺陷(见图6b),且沟槽或通孔高密度区域与低密度区域上方的铜镀层的厚度差异较大,高密度区域的铜层平均厚度(约为0.830μm)与低密度区域的铜层平均厚度(约为0.660μm)之比高达1.26,难以进行后续的CMP操作。对比例1电镀后的光片表面的粗糙度Rq仅为12.7nm,较为粗糙,表面平整度较差。Figures 6a and 6b are cross-sectional electron microscope photos of the electroplated chip sample of Comparative Example 1 at different magnifications. Figure 6b is a partial enlarged view of Figure 6a. Figure 6c is an atomic force microscope photo of the light sheet surface after electroplating of Comparative Example 1. . It can be seen from Figure 6a and Figure 6b that without adding leveling agent, after the grooves, through holes and other hole structures in the chip are filled by electroplating, hole defects still exist (see Figure 6b), and the grooves Or the thickness of the copper plating layer above the high-density area and the low-density area of the through hole is quite different. The average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density area (approximately 0.830 μm) and the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density area (approximately 0.660 μm) The ratio is as high as 1.26, making it difficult to perform subsequent CMP operations. The roughness Rq of the surface of the light sheet after electroplating in Comparative Example 1 is only 12.7nm, which is relatively rough and the surface flatness is poor.
图7a、图7b分别为本申请实施例1电镀后的芯片样品在不同放大倍数下的截面扫描电镜照片,图7b为图7a的局部放大图。可以看出,在电镀液中添加聚酰胺L1作整平剂的情况下,小尺寸的沟槽、通孔均实现了无缺陷填充(见图7b),且高密度孔槽区域和低密度孔槽区域的铜层表面起伏较小,高密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度(约为0.816μm)与低密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度(约为0.806μm)之比仅为1.01,平整度得到大幅提升,且该结果十分接近1.0这一理想整平效果,从而可以极大地减轻后续CMP抛光工艺的负担。另外,结合图7c中实施例1电镀后的光片表面的原子力显微镜照片可知,添加聚酰胺L1作整平剂后的光片表面厚度起伏也较对比例1得到的光片有显著下降,实施例电镀后光片的表面粗糙度Rq仅为5.28nm。以上结果表明,电镀液配方中聚酰胺L1作整平剂可具有显著的整平效果。Figures 7a and 7b are respectively cross-sectional scanning electron microscope photographs at different magnifications of the electroplated chip sample in Example 1 of the present application. Figure 7b is a partial enlargement of Figure 7a. It can be seen that when polyamide L1 is added as a leveling agent in the plating solution, defect-free filling of small-sized trenches and through-holes is achieved (see Figure 7b), and high-density groove areas and low-density holes are filled The surface of the copper layer in the groove area has small fluctuations. The ratio of the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole and groove area (about 0.816 μm) to the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density hole and groove area (about 0.806 μm) is only 1.01, which is smooth. The degree is greatly improved, and the result is very close to the ideal leveling effect of 1.0, which can greatly reduce the burden of the subsequent CMP polishing process. In addition, combined with the atomic force microscope photo of the surface of the light sheet after electroplating in Example 1 in Figure 7c, it can be seen that the thickness fluctuation of the surface of the light sheet after adding polyamide L1 as a leveling agent is also significantly reduced compared with the light sheet obtained in Comparative Example 1. The surface roughness Rq of the light sheet after electroplating is only 5.28nm. The above results show that polyamide L1 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula can have a significant leveling effect.
实施例2Example 2
一种聚酰胺L2,其结构如式(2)所示:
A polyamide L2, whose structure is shown in formula (2):
A polyamide L2, whose structure is shown in formula (2):
合成该聚酰胺L2所涉及到的化学反应式为:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L2 is:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L2 is:
具体地,该聚酰胺L2的制备方法,包括如下步骤:Specifically, the preparation method of polyamide L2 includes the following steps:
(1)含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质Z2的合成:(1) Synthesis of dicarboxylate substance Z2 containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms:
将4.0g的丙烯酸甲酯与1.7g的N,N'-二甲基乙二胺放入配有磁力搅拌器的茄形瓶中,在室温下(23℃)用磁力搅拌反应12小时。反应完毕,将茄形瓶连接真空泵,在负压状态下保持2小时。将反应所得物质置于真空烘箱干燥,得到金黄色粘性液体,即为上述物质Z2。该Z2的核磁共振氢谱结果为1H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ(ppm):δ3.68(s,3H),2.73(s,2H),2.50(s,4H),2.26(s,3H).Put 4.0g of methyl acrylate and 1.7g of N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine into an eggplant-shaped bottle equipped with a magnetic stirrer, and react with magnetic stirring at room temperature (23°C) for 12 hours. After the reaction is completed, connect the eggplant-shaped bottle to the vacuum pump and keep it under negative pressure for 2 hours. The material obtained by the reaction was dried in a vacuum oven to obtain a golden viscous liquid, which was the above-mentioned material Z2. The hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum results of Z2 are 1 H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ (ppm): δ3.68 (s, 3H), 2.73 (s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 4H), 2.26 (s ,3H).
(2)聚酰胺L2的合成:(2) Synthesis of polyamide L2:
将2.6g的上述物质Z2放入配有磁力搅拌器的茄形瓶中,打开搅拌器,逐滴加入1.7g的N,N-双(3-氨丙基)甲胺,升温至90℃反应2h,待反应完毕后,将茄形瓶连接真空泵,升温至110℃反应8h。将所得反应物料置于真空烘箱中干燥,得到棕黄色粘稠液体,即上述聚酰胺L2。该聚酰胺L2的核磁共振氢谱结果为:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ(ppm):3.26(s,2H),2.93(d,J=54.1Hz,4H),2.67(s,2H),2.48(d,J=24.9
Hz,2H),2.35(s,4H),2.26(s,3H),2.16(s,3H),1.64(s,2H).Put 2.6g of the above substance Z2 into an eggplant-shaped bottle equipped with a magnetic stirrer, turn on the stirrer, add 1.7g of N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)methylamine dropwise, and raise the temperature to 90°C for reaction 2h, after the reaction is completed, connect the eggplant-shaped bottle to the vacuum pump, raise the temperature to 110°C and react for 8h. The obtained reaction material was dried in a vacuum oven to obtain a brown viscous liquid, which is the above-mentioned polyamide L2. The hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum results of the polyamide L2 are: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ (ppm): 3.26 (s, 2H), 2.93 (d, J = 54.1Hz, 4H), 2.67 (s, 2H) ),2.48(d,J=24.9 Hz,2H),2.35(s,4H),2.26(s,3H),2.16(s,3H),1.64(s,2H).
一种铜电镀液,其配方与实施例1中铜电镀液的区别仅在于:整平剂是聚酰胺L2。A copper electroplating solution, the formula of which is different from that of the copper electroplating solution in Example 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L2.
对设有宽度为60nm-120nm、深度为120nm-250nm的沟槽或通孔结构的待电镀基板,使用实施例2的铜电镀液进行电镀铜填充,待电镀基板为沟槽或通孔内具备铜种子层的大马士革图形芯片,电镀工艺同实施例1。For a substrate to be electroplated that is provided with a trench or through-hole structure with a width of 60nm-120nm and a depth of 120nm-250nm, the copper electroplating solution of Example 2 is used for electroplating copper filling. The substrate to be electroplated has grooves or through-holes. Damascus graphics chip with copper seed layer, the electroplating process is the same as in Example 1.
图8a、图8b为本申请实施例2电镀后的芯片样品在不同放大倍数下的截面扫描电镜照片,图8b为图8a的局部放大图。由图8a和图8b可以看出,在添加聚酰胺L2作整平剂的情况下,小尺寸的沟槽、通孔等孔槽结构均实现了无缺陷填充,且高密度孔槽区域与低密度孔槽区域上方的铜镀层的厚度差异较小,其中,高密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度与低密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度之比仅为1.03,十分接近1.0这一理想整平效果,从而可以极大地减轻后续CMP抛光工艺的负担。这表明,电镀液配方中聚酰胺L2作整平剂实现了小尺寸孔槽的无缺陷填充,以及不同尺寸、不同孔槽设置密度区域的高平整度同时填充,具有显著的整平效果。Figures 8a and 8b are cross-sectional SEM photos of the chip samples after electroplating in Example 2 of the present application at different magnifications, and Figure 8b is a partial enlarged view of Figure 8a. It can be seen from Figures 8a and 8b that when polyamide L2 is added as a leveling agent, small-sized grooves, through holes and other hole structures are all filled without defects, and the thickness difference of the copper plating layer above the high-density hole groove area and the low-density hole groove area is small, among which the ratio of the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole groove area to the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density hole groove area is only 1.03, which is very close to the ideal leveling effect of 1.0, thereby greatly reducing the burden of the subsequent CMP polishing process. This shows that polyamide L2 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula achieves defect-free filling of small-sized holes and slots, and high-flatness simultaneous filling of different-sized and different hole groove setting density areas, with a significant leveling effect.
实施例3Example 3
一种聚酰胺L3,其结构如式(3)所示:
A kind of polyamide L3, its structure is shown in formula (3):
A kind of polyamide L3, its structure is shown in formula (3):
合成该聚酰胺L3所涉及到的化学反应式为:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L3 is:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L3 is:
具体地,该聚酰胺L3的制备方法,包括如下步骤:Specifically, the preparation method of polyamide L3 includes the following steps:
(1)含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质Z3的合成:(1) Synthesis of dicarboxylate substance Z3 containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms:
将3.6g的丙烯酸甲酯与1.7g的N,N-二甲基乙二胺放入配有磁力搅拌器的茄形瓶中,在室温下(23℃)用磁力搅拌反应12小时。反应完毕,将茄形瓶连接真空泵,在负压状态下保持2小时。将反应所得物质置于真空烘箱干燥,得到金黄色粘性液体,即为上述物质Z3。该Z3的核磁共振氢谱结果为1H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ(ppm):3.68(d,J=6.4Hz,6H),2.92(s,1H),2.80(s,2H),2.71(s,1H),2.60–2.35(m,8H),2.25(s,3H),2.23(s,3H).Put 3.6g of methyl acrylate and 1.7g of N,N-dimethylethylenediamine into an eggplant-shaped bottle equipped with a magnetic stirrer, and react with magnetic stirring at room temperature (23°C) for 12 hours. After the reaction is completed, connect the eggplant-shaped bottle to the vacuum pump and keep it under negative pressure for 2 hours. The material obtained by the reaction was dried in a vacuum oven to obtain a golden viscous liquid, which was the above-mentioned material Z3. The hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum results of Z3 are 1 H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ (ppm): 3.68 (d, J = 6.4Hz, 6H), 2.92 (s, 1H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 2.71(s,1H),2.60–2.35(m,8H),2.25(s,3H),2.23(s,3H).
(2)聚酰胺L3的合成:(2) Synthesis of polyamide L3:
将2.6g的上述物质Z3放入配有磁力搅拌器的茄形瓶中,打开搅拌器,逐滴加入1.6g的N,N-双(3-氨丙基)甲胺,升温至90℃反应2h,待反应完毕后,将茄形瓶连接真空泵,升温至110℃反应8h。将所得反应物料置于真空烘箱中干燥,得到深棕色粘稠液体,即上述聚酰胺L3。该聚酰胺L3的核磁共振氢谱结果为:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ(ppm):3.28(s,2H),2.88(s,2H),2.69(s,2H),2.36(s,4H),2.22(s,3H),2.19(s,3H),1.65(s,2H).Put 2.6g of the above substance Z3 into an eggplant-shaped bottle equipped with a magnetic stirrer, turn on the stirrer, add 1.6g of N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)methylamine dropwise, and raise the temperature to 90°C for reaction 2h, after the reaction is completed, connect the eggplant-shaped bottle to the vacuum pump, raise the temperature to 110°C and react for 8h. The obtained reaction material was dried in a vacuum oven to obtain a dark brown viscous liquid, which is the above-mentioned polyamide L3. The hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum results of the polyamide L3 are: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ (ppm): 3.28 (s, 2H), 2.88 (s, 2H), 2.69 (s, 2H), 2.36 (s ,4H),2.22(s,3H),2.19(s,3H),1.65(s,2H).
一种铜电镀液,其配方与实施例1中铜电镀液的区别仅在于:整平剂是聚酰胺L3。A copper electroplating solution, the formula of which is different from that of the copper electroplating solution in Example 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L3.
对设有宽度为60nm-120nm、深度为120nm-250nm的沟槽或通孔结构的待电镀基板,使用实施例3的铜电镀液进行电镀铜填充,待电镀基板为沟槽或通孔内具备铜种子层的大马士革图形芯片,电镀工艺同实施例1。For a substrate to be electroplated that is provided with a trench or through-hole structure with a width of 60nm-120nm and a depth of 120nm-250nm, the copper electroplating solution of Example 3 is used to perform electroplating copper filling. The substrate to be electroplated has grooves or through-holes. Damascus graphics chip with copper seed layer, the electroplating process is the same as in Example 1.
图9a、图9b为本申请实施例3电镀后的芯片样品在不同放大倍数下的截面扫描电镜照片,图9b为图
9a的局部放大图。由图9a和图9b可以看出,在添加聚酰胺L3作整平剂的情况下,小尺寸的沟槽、通孔等孔槽结构均实现了无缺陷填充,且高密度孔槽区域与低密度孔槽区域上方的铜镀层的厚度差异较小,其中,高密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度(约为0.744μm)与低密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度(约为0.715μm)之比仅为1.04,较接近1.0这一理想整平效果,从而可以极大地减轻后续CMP抛光工艺的负担。这表明,电镀液配方中聚酰胺L3作整平剂实现了小尺寸孔槽的无缺陷填充,以及不同尺寸、不同孔槽设置密度区域的高平整度同时填充,具有显著的整平效果。Figures 9a and 9b are cross-sectional scanning electron microscope photographs of the electroplated chip sample at different magnifications in Example 3 of the present application, and Figure 9b is a diagram Magnified view of part of 9a. It can be seen from Figure 9a and Figure 9b that when polyamide L3 is added as a leveling agent, small-sized trenches, through-holes and other hole structures can be filled without defects, and the high-density hole area is closely related to the low-density hole structure. The difference in thickness of the copper plating layer above the high-density hole and groove area is small. Among them, the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole and groove area (approximately 0.744 μm) and the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density hole and groove area (approximately 0.715 μm) The ratio is only 1.04, which is closer to the ideal leveling effect of 1.0, which can greatly reduce the burden of the subsequent CMP polishing process. This shows that polyamide L3 is used as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula to achieve defect-free filling of small-sized holes and grooves, as well as high-flatness simultaneous filling of areas with different sizes and hole setting densities, and has a significant leveling effect.
实施例4Example 4
一种聚酰胺L4,合成其涉及到的化学反应式如下式(4)所示:
A kind of polyamide L4, the chemical reaction formula involved in its synthesis is shown in the following formula (4):
A kind of polyamide L4, the chemical reaction formula involved in its synthesis is shown in the following formula (4):
该聚酰胺L4的制备方法与实施例1的主要不同之处在于,步骤(2)中,还加入了反应原料1,8-二氨基-3,6-二氧杂辛烷。具体地,该聚酰胺L4的制备方法,包括如下步骤:The main difference between the preparation method of polyamide L4 and Example 1 is that in step (2), the reaction raw material 1,8-diamino-3,6-dioxaoctane is also added. Specifically, the preparation method of polyamide L4 includes the following steps:
将2.0g的实施例1中制得的物质Z1放入配有磁力搅拌器的茄形瓶中,打开搅拌器,逐滴加入0.871g、6mmol的N,N-双(3-氨丙基)甲胺及0.889g、6mmol的1,8-二氨基-3,6-二氧杂辛烷,升温至80℃反应2h,待反应完毕后,将茄形瓶连接真空泵,升温至110℃反应8h。将所得反应物料置于真空烘箱中干燥,得到粘稠状液体,即上述聚酰胺L4。Put 2.0g of substance Z1 prepared in Example 1 into an eggplant-shaped bottle equipped with a magnetic stirrer, turn on the stirrer, and add 0.871g, 6mmol of N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl) dropwise Methylamine and 0.889g, 6 mmol of 1,8-diamino-3,6-dioxaoctane were heated to 80°C and reacted for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, the eggplant-shaped flask was connected to a vacuum pump and the temperature was raised to 110°C for 8 hours. . The obtained reaction material is dried in a vacuum oven to obtain a viscous liquid, which is the above-mentioned polyamide L4.
一种铜电镀液,其配方与实施例1中铜电镀液的区别仅在于:整平剂是聚酰胺L4。A copper electroplating solution, the formula of which is different from the copper electroplating solution in Embodiment 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L4.
取与实施例1相同的大马士革图形芯片,对其采用实施例4的铜电镀液进行电镀铜填充。结果发现,电镀后芯片样品中,沟槽、通孔等孔槽结构均实现了无缺陷填充,且高密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度与低密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度之比约为1.08,二者厚度差异较小,有利于减轻后续CMP抛光工艺的负担。这表明,电镀液配方中聚酰胺L4作整平剂具有良好的整平效果。Take the same Damascus graphics chip as in Example 1, and use the copper electroplating solution of Example 4 to electroplat and fill it with copper. The results found that in the chip samples after electroplating, hole structures such as trenches and through holes were filled without defects, and the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole area and the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density hole area were approximately is 1.08, the thickness difference between the two is small, which is helpful to reduce the burden of the subsequent CMP polishing process. This shows that polyamide L4 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula has good leveling effect.
实施例5Example 5
一种聚酰胺L5,其结构如下式(5)所示:
A kind of polyamide L5, its structure is shown in the following formula (5):
A kind of polyamide L5, its structure is shown in the following formula (5):
合成该聚酰胺L5所涉及到的化学反应式为:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L5 is:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L5 is:
该聚酰胺L5的制备方法与实施例1的主要不同之处在于,步骤(2)中,采用N,N’-双(氨丙基)-N,N’-二甲基-1,2-乙二胺替换N,N-双(3-氨丙基)甲胺。The main difference between the preparation method of polyamide L5 and Example 1 is that in step (2), N,N'-bis(aminopropyl)-N,N'-dimethyl-1,2- Ethylenediamine replaces N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)methylamine.
一种铜电镀液,其配方与实施例1中铜电镀液的区别仅在于:整平剂是聚酰胺L5。A copper electroplating solution, the formula of which is different from the copper electroplating solution in Embodiment 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L5.
取与实施例1相同的大马士革图形芯片,对其采用实施例5的铜电镀液进行电镀铜填充。结果发现,电镀后芯片样品中,沟槽、通孔等孔槽结构均实现了无缺陷填充,且高密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度与低密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度之比约为1.05,二者厚度差异较小,有利于减轻后续CMP抛光工艺的负担。这表明,电镀液配方中聚酰胺L5作整平剂具有良好的整平效果。Take the same Damascus graphics chip as in Example 1, and use the copper electroplating solution of Example 5 to electroplat and fill it with copper. The results found that in the chip samples after electroplating, hole structures such as trenches and through holes were filled without defects, and the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole area and the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density hole area were approximately is 1.05, the thickness difference between the two is small, which is helpful to reduce the burden of the subsequent CMP polishing process. This shows that polyamide L5 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula has good leveling effect.
实施例6
Example 6
一种聚酰胺L6,其结构如下式(6)所示:
A kind of polyamide L6, its structure is shown in the following formula (6):
A kind of polyamide L6, its structure is shown in the following formula (6):
合成该聚酰胺L6所涉及到的化学反应式为:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L6 is:
The chemical reaction formula involved in the synthesis of polyamide L6 is:
该聚酰胺L6的制备方法与实施例1的主要不同之处在于,步骤(2)中,采用N,N',N”-三甲基二乙烯三胺替换N,N-双(3-氨丙基)甲胺。The main difference between the preparation method of polyamide L6 and Example 1 is that in step (2), N,N',N"-trimethyldiethylenetriamine is used to replace N,N-bis(3-amino Propyl)methylamine.
一种铜电镀液,其配方与实施例1中铜电镀液的区别仅在于:整平剂是聚酰胺L6。A copper electroplating solution, the formula of which is different from the copper electroplating solution in Embodiment 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide L6.
取与实施例1相同的大马士革图形芯片,对其采用实施例6的铜电镀液进行电镀铜填充。结果发现,电镀后芯片样品中,沟槽、通孔等孔槽结构均实现了无缺陷填充,且高密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度与低密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度之比约为1.03,二者厚度差异较小,有利于减轻后续CMP抛光工艺的负担。这表明,电镀液配方中聚酰胺L6作整平剂具有良好的整平效果。Take the same Damascus graphics chip as in Example 1, and use the copper electroplating solution of Example 6 to electroplat and fill it with copper. The results found that in the chip samples after electroplating, hole structures such as trenches and through holes were filled without defects, and the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole area and the average thickness of the copper layer in the low-density hole area were approximately is 1.03, the thickness difference between the two is small, which is helpful to reduce the burden of the subsequent CMP polishing process. This shows that polyamide L6 as a leveling agent in the electroplating solution formula has good leveling effect.
此外,为进一步体现本申请实施例提供的整平剂的效果,还提供了以下对比例2。In addition, in order to further demonstrate the effect of the leveling agent provided by the embodiments of the present application, the following Comparative Example 2 is also provided.
对比例2Comparative example 2
一种聚酰胺D2,合成其涉及到的化学反应式为:
A kind of polyamide D2, the chemical reaction formula involved in its synthesis is:
A kind of polyamide D2, the chemical reaction formula involved in its synthesis is:
具体地,该聚酰胺D2的制备方法,包括如下步骤:Specifically, the preparation method of polyamide D2 includes the following steps:
将1.5g的丁二酸二甲酯放入配有磁力搅拌器的茄形瓶中,打开搅拌器,再逐滴加入1.7g的N,N-双(3-氨丙基)甲胺,升温至90℃反应2h待反应完毕后,将茄形瓶连接真空泵,升温至110℃反应8h。将所得反应物料置于真空烘箱中干燥,得到棕黄色粘稠液体,即上述聚酰胺D2。其中,该聚酰胺D2的核磁共振氢谱结果为:1H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ(ppm):3.09(s,2H),2.43(s,2H),2.32(s,2H),2.11(s,3H),1.59(s,2H).Put 1.5g of dimethyl succinate into an eggplant-shaped bottle equipped with a magnetic stirrer, turn on the stirrer, then add 1.7g of N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)methylamine dropwise, and raise the temperature React at 90°C for 2 hours. After the reaction is completed, connect the eggplant-shaped flask to a vacuum pump and raise the temperature to 110°C for 8 hours. The obtained reaction material was dried in a vacuum oven to obtain a brown viscous liquid, which is the above-mentioned polyamide D2. Among them, the hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum results of the polyamide D2 are: 1 H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ (ppm): 3.09 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 2H), 2.32 (s, 2H), 2.11(s,3H),1.59(s,2H).
一种铜电镀液,其配方与实施例1中铜电镀液的区别仅在于:整平剂是聚酰胺D2。A copper electroplating solution, the formula of which is different from the copper electroplating solution in Embodiment 1 only in that the leveling agent is polyamide D2.
对设有宽度为60nm-120nm、深度为120nm-250nm的沟槽或通孔结构的待电镀基板,使用对比例2的铜电镀液进行电镀铜填充,待电镀基板为沟槽或通孔内具备铜种子层的大马士革图形芯片,电镀工艺同实施例1。For the substrate to be electroplated with a trench or through-hole structure with a width of 60nm-120nm and a depth of 120nm-250nm, the copper electroplating solution of Comparative Example 2 is used for electroplating copper filling. The substrate to be electroplated has grooves or through-holes. Damascus graphics chip with copper seed layer, the electroplating process is the same as in Example 1.
图10为对比例2电镀后的芯片样品的截面扫描电镜照片。由图10可以看出,在添加聚酰胺D2作整平剂的情况下,高密度孔槽区域与低密度孔槽区域上方的铜镀层的厚度差异较大,高密度孔槽区域与低密度孔槽区域的铜层平均厚度之比约为1.18,即,高密度孔槽区域的铜层厚度比低密度孔槽区域的铜层厚度约高了18%,而实施例1中高密度孔槽区域的铜层厚度比低密度孔槽区域的铜层厚度仅高了1%。FIG10 is a scanning electron microscope photo of the cross section of the chip sample after electroplating in Comparative Example 2. As can be seen from FIG10, when polyamide D2 is added as a leveling agent, the thickness of the copper plating layer above the high-density hole slot area and the low-density hole slot area is quite different, and the ratio of the average thickness of the copper layer in the high-density hole slot area to the low-density hole slot area is about 1.18, that is, the copper layer thickness in the high-density hole slot area is about 18% higher than that in the low-density hole slot area, while the copper layer thickness in the high-density hole slot area in Example 1 is only 1% higher than that in the low-density hole slot area.
由上述实施例可知,本申请实施例的新型整平剂加入到电镀组合物中,用于电镀铜填充,可以保证微钠尺寸化的沟槽的金属铜无孔隙填充,且整平剂通过抑制铜的过度沉积最终会获得较好的平坦化效果,有效地降低了镀层表面平台起伏,从而得到铜厚度均匀、板面外观良好的样品,降低后续抛光工艺难度,提高最终产品的可靠性。
It can be seen from the above examples that the new leveling agent of the embodiment of the present application is added to the electroplating composition and used for electroplating copper filling, which can ensure that the metal copper in the micro-sodium sized trench is filled without pores, and the leveling agent inhibits the passage of Excessive deposition of copper will eventually achieve a better planarization effect, effectively reducing the plateau undulations of the coating surface, thereby obtaining samples with uniform copper thickness and good board appearance, reducing the difficulty of subsequent polishing processes and improving the reliability of the final product.
Claims (30)
- 一种整平剂,用于金属电镀,其特征在于,所述整平剂包括聚酰胺类物质,所述聚酰胺类物质包括式(Ⅰ)所示的重复单元,或式(I)所示重复单元的质子化或N-季铵化产物:
A leveling agent for metal electroplating, characterized in that the leveling agent includes a polyamide substance, and the polyamide substance includes a repeating unit represented by formula (I), or a repeating unit represented by formula (I) Protonated or N-quaternized products of repeating units:
其中,R选自氢原子、取代或未取代的烷基,A1和A2独立地含有位于式(Ⅰ)所示重复单元主链上的叔胺氮原子。Among them, R is selected from a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and A 1 and A 2 independently contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the repeating unit shown in formula (I). - 如权利要求1所述的整平剂,其特征在于,A1和A2独立地含有1-5个如式(i)所示的叔胺结构:
The leveling agent of claim 1, wherein A1 and A2 independently contain 1-5 tertiary amine structures as shown in formula (i):
其中,R1、R2独立地选自直连单键,亚烷基,或者含醚氧原子、带氮原子连接基团中至少一种的亚烷基;R3选自烷基,芳烷基,羟烷基,或者含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基;*标记的位置代表与式(Ⅰ)所示重复单元的主链的连接位置。Among them, R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from a direct single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing at least one of an ether oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom connecting group; R 3 is selected from an alkyl group, an aralkyl group. group, hydroxyalkyl group, or an alkyl group or hydroxyalkyl group containing an ether oxygen atom and/or a tertiary amine nitrogen atom; the position marked * represents the connection position to the main chain of the repeating unit represented by formula (I). - 如权利要求1或2所述的整平剂,其特征在于,所述A2表示为-R1-NR3-R2-或者-R1 1-NR3 1-R2 1-NR3 2-R1 2,其中,R1、R2、R1 1、R1 2独立地选自亚烷基,R2 1选自亚烷基或者含叔胺氮原子的亚烷基;R3 1、R3 2、R3独立地选自烷基,羟烷基,或者含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基。The leveling agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein A 2 is expressed as -R 1 -NR 3 -R 2 -or -R 1 1 -NR 3 1 -R 2 1 -NR 3 2 -R 1 2 , wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 1 1 , and R 1 2 are independently selected from alkylene groups, and R 2 1 is selected from alkylene groups or alkylene groups containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms; R 3 1 , R 3 2 , R 3 are independently selected from alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms.
- 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的整平剂,其特征在于,所述A1表示为-NR3-或者-NR3’-R’-NR3’-,其中,R3、R3’独立地选自烷基、芳烷基、羟烷基,或者含醚氧原子和/或叔胺氮原子的烷基或羟烷基;R’选自亚烷基或间隔含有叔胺氮原子的亚烷基。The leveling agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the A 1 represents -NR 3 - or -NR 3 '-R'-NR 3 '-, wherein R 3 , R 3 ' is independently selected from alkyl, aralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing ether oxygen atoms and/or tertiary amine nitrogen atoms; R' is selected from alkylene or spacer containing tertiary amine nitrogen Atoms of alkylene.
- 如权利要求4所述的整平剂,其特征在于,所述R’中,间隔含有叔胺氮原子的亚烷基表示为-[D1-NR3”]c-D2-,其中,D1、D2、R3”独立地选自亚烷基,c为大于或等于1的整数,且n大于1时,各D1或各R3”相同或不同。The leveling agent according to claim 4, characterized in that, in the R', the alkylene group containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom in between is represented by -[D 1 -NR 3 ″] c -D 2 -, wherein D 1 , D 2 , and R 3 ″ are independently selected from alkylene groups, c is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and when n is greater than 1, each D 1 or each R 3 ″ is the same or different.
- 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的整平剂,其特征在于,所述聚酰胺类物质中包括2-200个所述式(Ⅰ)所示的重复单元或其质子化或N-季铵化产物。The leveling agent according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the polyamide substance includes 2 to 200 repeating units represented by the formula (I) or protonated or N- Quaternized products.
- 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的整平剂,其特征在于,所述聚酰胺类物质还包括式(Ⅱ)所示的重复单元,或式(Ⅱ)所示重复单元的质子化或N-季铵化产物:
The leveling agent according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the polyamide substance further includes repeating units represented by formula (II), or protonated repeating units represented by formula (II) Or N-quaternized products:
其中,A3不含叔胺氮原子,所述A3包括直连键、亚烷基、或者含醚氧原子的亚烷基。Wherein, A 3 does not contain a tertiary amine nitrogen atom, and the A 3 includes a direct bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom. - 如权利要求7所述的整平剂,其特征在于,所述A3中,所述含醚氧原子的亚烷基表示为-(R4-O)x-R5-,其中,R4、R5为相同或不同的亚烷基,x为大于或等于1的整数,且x大于1时,各R4为相同或不同的亚烷基。The leveling agent of claim 7, wherein in A3 , the alkylene group containing an ether oxygen atom is represented by -( R4 -O) x - R5- , wherein R4 , R 5 is the same or different alkylene group, x is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and when x is greater than 1, each R 4 is the same or different alkylene group.
- 如权利要求7或8所述的整平剂,其特征在于,所述聚酰胺类物质中包括不超过200个所述式(Ⅱ)所示重复单元或其质子化或N-季铵化产物。The leveling agent according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that the polyamide substance includes no more than 200 repeating units represented by the formula (II) or its protonated or N-quaternized products. .
- 一种整平剂的制备方法,其特征在于,包括:A preparation method of leveling agent, characterized by comprising:将带至少一个伯氨基或至少两个亚氨基的胺类物质与丙烯酸酯进行迈克尔加成反应,得到式(A)所示的含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质;Conduct Michael addition reaction of an amine substance with at least one primary amino group or at least two imino groups and an acrylate to obtain a dicarboxylate substance containing a tertiary amine nitrogen atom represented by formula (A);将式(B)所示的含叔胺氮原子的脂肪族二胺与式(A)所示的含叔胺氮原子的二羧酸酯物质进行酯交换缩聚反应,得到整平剂,所述整平剂包括聚酰胺类物质,所述聚酰胺类物质包括式(Ⅰ)所示的重复单元,或式(I)所示重复单元的质子化或N-季铵化产物,
The aliphatic diamine containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms represented by formula (B) and the dicarboxylic acid ester containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms represented by formula (A) are subjected to transesterification polycondensation reaction to obtain a leveling agent, wherein the leveling agent comprises a polyamide-based substance, and the polyamide-based substance comprises a repeating unit represented by formula (I), or a protonated or N-quaternized product of the repeating unit represented by formula (I),
式(A)中,A1含有位于式(A)所示的二羧酸酯物质主链上的叔胺氮原子,M选自取代或未取代的烷基;式(B)中,A2含有位于式(B)所示的脂肪族二胺主链上的叔胺氮原子,式(Ⅰ)中的A1和A2独立地含有位于式(Ⅰ)所示重复单元主链上的叔胺氮原子,式(B)和式(Ⅰ)中的R选自氢原子、取代或未取代的烷基。In formula (A), A 1 contains a tertiary amine nitrogen atom located on the main chain of the dicarboxylate material represented by formula (A), and M is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group; in formula (B), A 2 Containing tertiary amine nitrogen atoms located on the main chain of the aliphatic diamine represented by formula (B), A 1 and A 2 in formula (I) independently contain tertiary amine nitrogen atoms located on the main chain of the repeating unit represented by formula (I) The amine nitrogen atom, R in formula (B) and formula (I) is selected from hydrogen atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups. - 一种电镀组合物,其特征在于,所述电镀组合物包括金属离子源和电镀添加剂,所述电镀添加剂包括如权利要求1-9任一项所述的整平剂或采用权利要求10所述的制备方法制得的整平剂。An electroplating composition, characterized in that the electroplating composition includes a metal ion source and an electroplating additive, and the electroplating additive includes the leveling agent as described in any one of claims 1-9 or adopts the leveling agent as described in claim 10 The leveling agent prepared by the preparation method.
- 如权利要求11所述的电镀组合物,其特征在于,所述电镀组合物中,所述整平剂的浓度为1ppm-200ppm。The electroplating composition according to claim 11, characterized in that the concentration of the leveler in the electroplating composition is 1 ppm-200 ppm.
- 如权利要求11所述的电镀组合物,其特征在于,所述电镀添加剂还包括加速剂、抑制剂中的一种或多种。The electroplating composition according to claim 11, wherein the electroplating additive further includes one or more of an accelerator and an inhibitor.
- 如权利要求11-13任一项所述的电镀组合物,其特征在于,所述电镀添加剂还包括其他整平剂。The electroplating composition according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the electroplating additive further includes other leveling agents.
- 如权利要求11-14任一项所述的电镀组合物,其特征在于,所述电镀组合物还包括酸性电解质和卤离子源。The electroplating composition according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the electroplating composition further includes an acidic electrolyte and a halide ion source.
- 如权利要求15所述的电镀组合物,其特征在于,所述卤离子源包括氯离子源;所述酸性电解质包括硫酸、磷酸、硝酸、盐酸、高氯酸、乙酸、氟硼酸、烷基磺酸、芳基磺酸、氨基磺酸中的一种或多种。The electroplating composition of claim 15, wherein the halide ion source includes a chloride ion source; the acidic electrolyte includes sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, perchloric acid, acetic acid, fluoroboric acid, alkyl sulfonate One or more of acid, arylsulfonic acid, and sulfamic acid.
- 如权利要求1-4任一项所述的整平剂或采用权利要求10所述的制备方法制得的整平剂,或权利要求11-16任一项所述的电镀组合物在电镀金属中的应用。Use of the leveling agent according to any one of claims 1 to 4, or the leveling agent prepared by the preparation method according to claim 10, or the electroplating composition according to any one of claims 11 to 16 in electroplating metal.
- 如权利要求17所述的应用,其特征在于,所述电镀金属包括电镀铜及铜合金、电镀镍及镍合金、电镀锡及锡合金、电镀钴及钴合金、电镀钌及钌合金、电镀银及银合金、电镀金及金合金中的任意一种。The application of claim 17, wherein the electroplated metal includes electroplated copper and copper alloys, electroplated nickel and nickel alloys, electroplated tin and tin alloys, electroplated cobalt and cobalt alloys, electroplated ruthenium and ruthenium alloys, electroplated silver And any one of silver alloy, electroplated gold and gold alloy.
- 如权利要求17或18所述的应用,其特征在于,所述电镀金属包括电子基板上孔槽的全金属电镀填充。The use according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that the electroplated metal includes full metal electroplating filling of holes and grooves on the electronic substrate.
- 如权利要求17-19任一项所述的应用,其特征在于,所述电镀金属包括印刷电路板制备工艺中电镀金属、集成电路金属互连工艺中电镀金属、电子封装工艺中电镀金属。The application according to any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein the electroplated metal includes electroplated metal in the printed circuit board preparation process, electroplated metal in the integrated circuit metal interconnection process, and electroplated metal in the electronic packaging process.
- 一种电镀装置,其特征在于,包括:An electroplating device, characterized by including:电镀槽,所述电镀槽内装有如权利要求11-16任一项所述的电镀组合物;An electroplating tank, the electroplating tank is filled with the electroplating composition according to any one of claims 11-16;设置在所述电镀槽内的阴极和阳极,所述阴极包括至少部分浸入所述电镀组合物中的待电镀的基板;a cathode and an anode disposed in the electroplating tank, the cathode comprising a substrate to be electroplated at least partially immersed in the electroplating composition;电镀电源,所述电镀电源的负极与所述阴极电连接,所述电镀电源的正极与所述阳极电连接,以在接通所述电镀电源时施加电流到所述待电镀的基板。An electroplating power supply, the negative electrode of the electroplating power supply is electrically connected to the cathode, and the positive electrode of the electroplating power supply is electrically connected to the anode, so as to apply current to the substrate to be electroplated when the electroplating power supply is turned on.
- 一种电镀金属的方法,其特征在于,包括以下步骤:A method of electroplating metal, characterized by comprising the following steps:将待电镀基板与如权利要求11-16任一项所述的电镀组合物接触;Contact the substrate to be electroplated with the electroplating composition according to any one of claims 11-16;向所述待电镀基板施加电流进行电镀,以使所述待电镀基板上形成金属层。Apply electric current to the substrate to be electroplated to perform electroplating, so that a metal layer is formed on the substrate to be electroplated.
- 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述待电镀基板上设有孔槽,所述孔槽包括沟槽、通孔、盲孔中的一种或多种。The method of claim 22, wherein the substrate to be plated is provided with a hole groove, and the hole groove includes one or more of a trench, a through hole, and a blind hole.
- 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述孔槽的横向尺寸为10nm-500nm,和/或所述孔槽的深宽比大于或等于3。The method of claim 23, wherein the lateral size of the hole groove is 10 nm-500 nm, and/or the aspect ratio of the hole groove is greater than or equal to 3.
- 如权利要求22-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电镀包括第一步电镀、第二步电镀和第三步电镀,其中,所述第一步电镀的电流密度为0.3ASD-0.8ASD,电镀时间为3s-20s;所述第二步电镀的电流密度为0.5ASD-1.5ASD,电镀时间为30s-50s;所述第三步电镀的电流密度为1ASD-10ASD,电镀时间为30s-50s。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the electroplating includes a first step of electroplating, a second step of electroplating and a third step of electroplating, wherein the current density of the first step of electroplating is 0.3 ASD-0.8ASD, the electroplating time is 3s-20s; the current density of the second step of electroplating is 0.5ASD-1.5ASD, the electroplating time is 30s-50s; the current density of the third step of electroplating is 1ASD-10ASD, the electroplating The time is 30s-50s.
- 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述金属层包括填充所述孔槽的孔内填充层和沉积在所述孔槽周围的表面沉积层。The method of claim 23, wherein the metal layer includes an in-hole filling layer that fills the hole grooves and a surface deposition layer deposited around the hole grooves.
- 一种电子基板,其特征在于,包括基底层和设置在所述基底层上的金属层,所述金属层采用权利要求11-16任一项所述的电镀组合物电镀形成,或采用权利要求22-26任一项所述的电镀金属的方法形成。An electronic substrate, characterized in that it includes a base layer and a metal layer disposed on the base layer. The metal layer is formed by electroplating with the electroplating composition according to any one of claims 11 to 16, or by using the electroplating composition of any one of claims 11 to 16. Formed by the method of electroplating metal described in any one of 22-26.
- 如权利要求27所述的电子基板,其特征在于,所述金属层包括铜或铜合金层、镍或镍合金层、锡或锡合金层、钴或钴合金层、钌或钌合金层、银或银合金层、电镀金及金合金中的任意一种。 The electronic substrate of claim 27, wherein the metal layer includes copper or copper alloy layer, nickel or nickel alloy layer, tin or tin alloy layer, cobalt or cobalt alloy layer, ruthenium or ruthenium alloy layer, silver Or any one of silver alloy layer, gold electroplating and gold alloy.
- 如权利要求27所述的电子基板,其特征在于,所述基底层包括衬底和介质层,所述介质层中设有孔槽,所述金属层包括填充所述孔槽的孔内填充层。The electronic substrate of claim 27, wherein the base layer includes a substrate and a dielectric layer, the dielectric layer is provided with holes, and the metal layer includes an in-hole filling layer that fills the holes. .
- 一种电子装置,其特征在于,所述电子装置采用权利要求27-29任一项所述的电子基板。 An electronic device, characterized in that the electronic device adopts the electronic substrate according to any one of claims 27-29.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202211166697.0 | 2022-09-23 | ||
CN202211166697.0A CN117801262A (en) | 2022-09-23 | 2022-09-23 | Leveling agent, electroplating composition and application thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024061290A1 true WO2024061290A1 (en) | 2024-03-28 |
Family
ID=90430637
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2023/120181 WO2024061290A1 (en) | 2022-09-23 | 2023-09-20 | Leveling agent, electroplating composition, and use thereof |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN117801262A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2024061290A1 (en) |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3951789A (en) * | 1973-10-11 | 1976-04-20 | Allied Chemical Corporation | Novel high diffusivity membranes |
CN1553927A (en) * | 2001-08-10 | 2004-12-08 | �����ɷ� | Quaternary polyamidoamines, the production thereof, corresponding agents and the use thereof |
CN103547631A (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2014-01-29 | 巴斯夫欧洲公司 | Composition for metal electroplating comprising an additive for bottom-up filling of though silicon vias and interconnect features |
-
2022
- 2022-09-23 CN CN202211166697.0A patent/CN117801262A/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-09-20 WO PCT/CN2023/120181 patent/WO2024061290A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3951789A (en) * | 1973-10-11 | 1976-04-20 | Allied Chemical Corporation | Novel high diffusivity membranes |
CN1553927A (en) * | 2001-08-10 | 2004-12-08 | �����ɷ� | Quaternary polyamidoamines, the production thereof, corresponding agents and the use thereof |
CN103547631A (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2014-01-29 | 巴斯夫欧洲公司 | Composition for metal electroplating comprising an additive for bottom-up filling of though silicon vias and interconnect features |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN117801262A (en) | 2024-04-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11486049B2 (en) | Composition for metal electroplating comprising leveling agent | |
CN102365395B (en) | Composition for metal plating comprising suppressing agent for void free submicron feature filling | |
CN104195602B (en) | Tight submicrometer structure filling metal plating compositions comprising inhibitor | |
TW200525695A (en) | Copper electrodeposition in microelectronics | |
JP2016504489A (en) | Composition for metal electroplating comprising a planarizing agent | |
TW201823520A (en) | Composition for metal plating comprising suppressing agent for void free submicron feature filling | |
TW200415263A (en) | Electrolytic copper plating solutions | |
TW201042095A (en) | Composition for metal plating comprising suppressing agent for void free submicron feature filling | |
TW201042097A (en) | Composition for metal plating comprising suppressing agent for void free submicron feature filling | |
EP3485069A1 (en) | Composition for cobalt plating comprising additive for void-free submicron feature filling | |
TWI703177B (en) | Imidazoyl urea polymers and their use in metal or metal alloy plating bath compositions | |
TWI636162B (en) | Acidic aqueous composition for electrolytic copper plating | |
KR102647950B1 (en) | Composition for cobalt electroplating containing leveling agent | |
TW202214915A (en) | Composition for copper electroplating on a cobalt seed | |
WO2024061290A1 (en) | Leveling agent, electroplating composition, and use thereof | |
TW202031940A (en) | Composition for cobalt plating comprising additive for void-free submicron feature filling | |
TW202321520A (en) | A leveling agent and an electroplating composition including the same | |
EP2468927A1 (en) | Composition for metal electroplating comprising leveling agent | |
WO2024046395A1 (en) | Leveling agent, composition, and use thereof | |
WO2024046398A1 (en) | Composition and use thereof, leveling agent, and preparation method | |
KR20240034865A (en) | Compositions and methods for electrodeposition of nanotwinned copper | |
CN116925345A (en) | Polyquaternary ammonium salt and preparation method and application thereof | |
TW201945595A (en) | Composition for cobalt or cobalt alloy electroplating |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23867576 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |